Considerando que a República Popular da China, por nota datada de 8 de Julho de 2005, notificou o Secretário-Geral da Organização Marítima Internacional (OMI), sobre a aplicação na Região Administrativa Especial de Macau da Convenção Internacional sobre Normas de Formação, de Certificação e de Serviços de Quartos para os Marítimos (STCW), 1978, tal como emendada, e das suas emendas de 1991, 1994, 1995, 1997 e de 1998, adiante designado por Convenção e Emendas;
Considerando igualmente que o Secretário-Geral da OMI, por nota datada de 26 de Julho de 2005, confirmou a aplicação da Convenção e Emendas na Região Administrativa Especial de Macau, com efeitos a partir de 18 de Julho de 2005;
Considerando ainda que a Conferência das Partes na Convenção, realizada em 25 de Junho de 2010 em Manila, através das resoluções n.º 1 e n.º 2, adoptou as Emendas ao Anexo da Convenção Internacional sobre Normas de Formação, de Certificação e de Serviço de Quartos para os Marítimos (STCW), 1978, e ao Código de Formação, de Certificação e de Serviço de Quartos para os Marítimos, adiante designado por Emendas de Manila de 2010;
Mais considerando que as Emendas de Manila de 2010, que substituem as versões anteriores do texto com as respectivas emendas, quer do Anexo da Convenção Internacional sobre Normas de Formação, de Certificação e de Serviço de Quartos para os Marítimos, 1978, quer do Código de Formação, de Certificação e de Serviço de Quartos para os Marítimos, são de aceitação tácita e entraram em vigor em relação à República Popular da China, incluindo a Região Administrativa Especial de Macau, em 1 de Janeiro de 2012;
O Chefe do Executivo manda publicar, nos termos do n.º 1 do artigo 6.º da Lei n.º 3/1999 da Região Administrativa Especial de Macau:
Promulgado em 10 de Outubro de 2013.
O Chefe do Executivo, Chui Sai On.
Gabinete do Chefe do Executivo, aos 10 de Outubro de 2013. — O Chefe do Gabinete, Alexis, Tam Chon Weng.
The annex to the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, is replaced by the following:
Regulation I/1
Definitions and clarifications
1 For the purpose of the Convention, unless expressly provided otherwise:
.1 Regulations means regulations contained in the annex to the Convention;
.2 Approved means approved by the Party in accordance with these regulations;
.3 Master means the person having command of a ship;
.4 Officer means a member of the crew, other than the master, designated as such by national law or regulations or, in the absence of such designation, by collective agreement or custom;
.5 Deck officer means an officer qualified in accordance with the provisions of chapter II of the Convention;
.6 Chief mate means the officer next in rank to the master and upon whom the command of the ship will fall in the event of the incapacity of the master;
.7 Engineer officer means an officer qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation III/1, III/2 or III/3 of the Convention;
.8 Chief engineer officer means the senior engineer officer responsible for the mechanical propulsion and the operation and maintenance of the mechanical and electrical installations of the ship;
.9 Second engineer officer means the engineer officer next in rank to the chief engineer officer and upon whom the responsibility for the mechanical propulsion and the operation and maintenance of the mechanical and electrical installations of the ship will fall in the event of the incapacity of the chief engineer officer;
.10 Assistant engineer officer means a person under training to become an engineer officer and designated as such by national law or regulations;
.11 Radio operator means a person holding an appropriate certificate issued or recognized by the Administration under the provisions of the Radio Regulations;
.12 GMDSS radio operator means a person who is qualified in accordance with the provisions of chapter IV of the Convention;
.13 Rating means a member of the ship’s crew other than the master or an officer;
.14 Near-coastal voyages means voyages in the vicinity of a Party as defined by that Party;
.15 Propulsion power means the total maximum continuous rated output power, in kilowatts, of all the ship’s main propulsion machinery which appears on the ship’s certificate of registry or other official document;
.16 Radio duties include, as appropriate, watchkeeping and technical maintenance and repairs conducted in accordance with the Radio Regulations, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), as amended and, at the discretion of each Administration, the relevant recommendations of the Organization;
.17 Oil tanker means a ship constructed and used for the carriage of petroleum and petroleum products in bulk;
.18 Chemical tanker means a ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in chapter 17 of the International Bulk Chemical Code;
.19 Liquefied gas tanker means a ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other product listed in chapter 19 of the International Gas Carrier Code;
.20 Passenger ship means a ship as defined in the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended;
.21 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro spaces or special category spaces as defined in the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), as amended;
.22 Month means a calendar month or 30 days made up of periods of less than one month;
.23 STCW Code means the Seafarers’ Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW) Code as adopted by the 1995 Conference resolution 2, as it may be amended by the Organization;
.24 Function means a group of tasks, duties and responsibilities, as specified in the STCW Code, necessary for ship operation, safety of life at sea or protection of the marine environment;
.25 Company means the owner of the ship or any other organization or person such as the manager, or the bareboat charterer, who has assumed the responsibility for operation of the ship from the shipowner and who, on assuming such responsibility, has agreed to take over all the duties and responsibilities imposed on the company by these regulations;
.26 Seagoing service means service on board a ship relevant to the issue or revalidation of a certificate or other qualification;
.27 ISPS Code means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code adopted on 12 December 2002, by resolution 2 of the Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, as may be amended by the Organization;
.28 Ship security officer means the person on board the ship, accountable to the master, designated by the Company as responsible for the security of the ship including implementation and maintenance of the ship security plan and liaison with the company security officer and port facility security officers;
.29 Security duties include all security tasks and duties on board ships as defined by chapter XI-2 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 1974, as amended) and the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code;
.30 Certificate of competency means a certificate issued and endorsed for masters, officers and GMDSS radio operators in accordance with the provisions of chapters II, III, IV or VII of this annex and entitling the lawful holder thereof to serve in the capacity and perform the functions involved at the level of responsibility specified therein;
.31 Certificate of proficiency means a certificate, other than a certificate of competency issued to a seafarer, stating that the relevant requirements of training, competencies or seagoing service in the Convention have been met;
.32 Documentary evidence means documentation, other than a certificate of competency or certificate of proficiency, used to establish that the relevant requirements of the Convention have been met;
.33 Electro-technical officer means an officer qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation III/6 of the Convention;
.34 Able seafarer deck means a rating qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation II/5 of the Convention;
.35 Able seafarer engine means a rating qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation III/5 of the Convention; and
.36 Electro-technical rating means a rating qualified in accordance with the provisions of regulation III/7 of the Convention.
2 These regulations are supplemented by the mandatory provisions contained in part A of the STCW Code and:
.1 any reference to a requirement in a regulation also constitutes a reference to the corresponding section of part A of the STCW Code;
.2 in applying these regulations, the related guidance and explanatory material contained in part B of the STCW Code should be taken into account to the greatest degree possible in order to achieve a more uniform implementation of the Convention provisions on a global basis;
.3 amendments to part A of the STCW Code shall be adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article XII of the Convention concerning the amendment procedure applicable to the annex; and
.4 part B of the STCW Code shall be amended by the Maritime Safety Committee in accordance with its rules of procedure.
3 The references made in article VI of the Convention to “the Administration” and “the issuing Administration” shall not be construed as preventing any Party from issuing and endorsing certificates under the provisions of these regulations.
Regulation I/2
Certificates and endorsements
1 Certificates of competency shall be issued only by the Administration, following verification of the authenticity and validity of any necessary documentary evidence.
2 Certificates issued in accordance with the provisions of regulations V/1-1 and V/1-2 to masters and officers shall only be issued by an Administration.
3 Certificates shall be in the official language or languages of the issuing country. If the language used is not English, the text shall include a translation into that language.
4 In respect of radio operators, Parties may:
.1 include the additional knowledge required by the relevant regulations in the examination for the issue of a certificate complying with the Radio Regulations; or
.2 issue a separate certificate indicating that the holder has the additional knowledge required by the relevant regulations.
5 The endorsement required by article VI of the Convention to attest the issue of a certificate shall only be issued if all the requirements of the Convention have been complied with.
6 At the discretion of a Party, endorsements may be incorporated in the format of the certificates being issued as provided for in section A-I/2 of the STCW Code. If so incorporated, the form used shall be that set forth in section A-I/2, paragraph 1. If issued otherwise, the form of endorsements used shall be that set forth in paragraph 2 of that section.
7 An Administration which recognizes under regulation I/10:
.1 a certificate of competency; or
.2 a certificate of proficiency issued to masters and officers in accordance with the provisions of regulations V/1-1 and V/1-2 shall endorse such certificate to attest its recognition only after ensuring the authenticity and validity of the certificate.
The endorsement shall only be issued if all requirements of the Convention have been complied with. The form of the endorsement used shall be that set forth in paragraph 3 of section A-I/2 of the STCW Code.
8 The endorsements referred to in paragraphs 5, 6 and 7:
.1 may be issued as separate documents;
.2 shall be issued by the Administration only;
.3 shall each be assigned a unique number, except that endorsements attesting the issue of a certificate may be assigned the same number as the certificate concerned, provided that number is unique; and
.4 shall expire as soon as the certificate endorsed expires or is withdrawn, suspended or cancelled by the Party which issued it and, in any case, not more than five years after their date of issue.
9 The capacity in which the holder of a certificate is authorized to serve shall be identified in the form of endorsement in terms identical to those used in the applicable safe manning requirements of the Administration.
10 Administrations may use a format different from the format given in section A-I/2 of the STCW Code, provided that, as a minimum, the required information is provided in Roman characters and Arabic figures, taking into account the variations permitted under section A-I/2.
11 Subject to the provisions of regulation I/10, paragraph 5, any certificate required by the Convention must be kept available in its original form on board the ship on which the holder is serving.
12 Each Party shall ensure that certificates are issued only to candidates who comply with the requirements of this regulation.
13 Candidates for certification shall provide satisfactory proof:
.1 of their identity;
.2 that their age is not less than that prescribed in the regulation relevant to the certificate applied for;
.3 that they meet the standards of medical fitness specified in section A-I/9 of the STCW Code;
.4 of having completed the seagoing service and any related compulsory training required by these regulations for the certificate applied for; and
.5 that they meet the standards of competence prescribed by these regulations for the capacities, functions and levels that are to be identified in the endorsement to the certificate.
14 Each Party undertakes to maintain a register or registers of all certificates and endorsements for masters, officers, and, as applicable, ratings which are issued, have expired or have been revalidated, suspended, cancelled or reported lost or destroyed and of dispensations issued.
15 Each Party undertakes to make available information on the status of such certificates of competency, endorsements and dispensations to other Parties and companies which request verification of the authenticity and validity of certificates produced to them by seafarers seeking recognition of their certificates under regulation I/10 or employment on board ship.
16 As of 1 January 2017, the information on the status of information required to be available in accordance with paragraph 15 of this regulation shall be made available, in the English language, through electronic means.
Regulation I/3
Principles governing near-coastal voyages
1 Any Party defining near-coastal voyages for the purpose of the Convention shall not impose training, experience or certification requirements on the seafarers serving on board the ships entitled to fly the flag of another Party and engaged on such voyages in a manner resulting in more stringent requirements for such seafarers than for seafarers serving on board ships entitled to fly its own flag. In no case shall any such Party impose requirements in respect of seafarers serving on board ships entitled to fly the flag of another Party in excess of those of the Convention in respect of ships not engaged on near-coastal voyages.
2 A Party that, for ships afforded the benefits of the near-coastal voyage provisions of the Convention, which includes voyages off the coast of other Parties within the limits of their near-coastal definition, shall enter into an undertaking with the Parties concerned specifying the details of both involved trading areas and other relevant conditions.
3 With respect to ships entitled to fly the flag of a Party regularly engaged on near-coastal voyages off the coast of another Party, the Party whose flag the ship is entitled to fly shall prescribe training, experience and certification requirements for seafarers serving on such ships at least equal to those of the Party off whose coast the ship is engaged, provided that they do not exceed the requirements of the Convention in respect of ships not engaged on near-coastal voyages. Seafarers serving on a ship which extends its voyage beyond what is defined as a near-coastal voyage by a Party and enters waters not covered by that definition shall fulfil the appropriate competency requirements of the Convention.
4 A Party may afford a ship which is entitled to fly its flag the benefits of the near-coastal voyage provisions of the Convention when it is regularly engaged off the coast of a non--Party on near-coastal voyages as defined by the Party.
5 The certificates of seafarers issued by a Party for its defined near-coastal voyages limits may be accepted by other Parties for service in their defined near-coastal voyages limits, provided the Parties concerned enter into an undertaking specifying the details of involved trading areas and other relevant conditions thereof.
6 Parties defining near-coastal voyages, in accordance with the requirements of this regulation, shall:
.1 meet the principles governing near-coastal voyages specified in section A-I/3;
.2 communicate to the Secretary-General, in conformity with the requirements of regulation I/7, the details of the provisions adopted; and
.3 incorporate the near-coastal voyages limits in the endorsements issued pursuant to regulation I/2, paragraphs 5, 6 or 7.
7 Nothing in this regulation shall, in any way, limit the jurisdiction of any State, whether or not a Party to the Convention.
Regulation I/4
Control procedures
1 Control exercised by a duly authorized control officer under article X shall be limited to the following:
.1 verification in accordance with article X(1) that all seafarers serving on board who are required to be certificated in accordance with the Convention hold an appropriate certificate or a valid dispensation, or provide documentary proof that an application for an endorsement has been submitted to the Administration in accordance with regulation I/10, paragraph 5;
.2 verification that the numbers and certificates of the seafarers serving on board are in conformity with the applicable safe manning requirements of the Administration; and
.3 assessment, in accordance with section A-I/4 of the STCW Code, of the ability of the seafarers of the ship to maintain watchkeeping and security standards, as appropriate, as required by the Convention if there are clear grounds for believing that such standards are not being maintained because any of the following have occurred:
.3.1 the ship has been involved in a collision, grounding or stranding, or
.3.2 there has been a discharge of substances from the ship when under way, at anchor or at berth which is illegal under any international convention, or
.3.3 the ship has been manoeuvred in an erratic or unsafe manner whereby routeing measures adopted by the Organization or safe navigation practices and procedures have not been followed, or
.3.4 the ship is otherwise being operated in such a manner as to pose a danger to persons, property, the environment, or a compromise to security.
2 Deficiencies which may be deemed to pose a danger to persons, property or the environment include the following:
.1 failure of seafarers to hold a certificate, to have an appropriate certificate, to have a valid dispensation or to provide documentary proof that an application for an endorsement has been submitted to the Administration in accordance with regulation I/10, paragraph 5;
.2 failure to comply with the applicable safe manning requirements of the Administration;
.3 failure of navigational or engineering watch arrangements to conform to the requirements specified for the ship by the Administration;
.4 absence in a watch of a person qualified to operate equipment essential to safe navigation, safety radiocommunications or the prevention of marine pollution; and
.5 inability to provide, for the first watch at the commencement of a voyage and for subsequent relieving watches, persons who are sufficiently rested and otherwise fit for duty.
3 Failure to correct any of the deficiencies referred to in paragraph 2, in so far as it has been determined by the Party carrying out the control that they pose a danger to persons, property or the environment, shall be the only grounds under article X on which a Party may detain a ship.
Regulation I/5
National provisions
1 Each Party shall establish processes and procedures for the impartial investigation of any reported incompetency, act, omission or compromise to security that may pose a direct threat to safety of life or property at sea or to the marine environment by the holders of certificates or endorsements issued by that Party in connection with their performance of duties related to their certificates and for the withdrawal, suspension and cancellation of such certificates for such cause and for the prevention of fraud.
2 Each Party shall take and enforce appropriate measures to prevent fraud and other unlawful practices involving certificates and endorsements issued.
3 Each Party shall prescribe penalties or disciplinary measures for cases in which the provisions of its national legislation giving effect to the Convention are not complied with in respect of ships entitled to fly its flag or of seafarers duly certificated by that Party.
4 In particular, such penalties or disciplinary measures shall be prescribed and enforced in cases in which:
.1 a company or a master has engaged a person not holding a certificate as required by the Convention;
.2 a master has allowed any function or service in any capacity required by these regulations to be performed by a person holding an appropriate certificate to be performed by a person not holding the required certificate, a valid dispensation or having the documentary proof required by regulation I/10, paragraph 5; or
.3 a person has obtained by fraud or forged documents an engagement to perform any function or serve in any capacity required by these regulations to be performed or filled by a person holding a certificate or dispensation.
5 A Party, within whose jurisdiction there is located any company which, or any person who, is believed on clear grounds to have been responsible for, or to have knowledge of, any apparent non-compliance with the Convention specified in paragraph 4, shall extend all co-operation possible to any Party which advises it of its intention to initiate proceedings under its jurisdiction.
Regulation I/6
Training and assessment
Each Party shall ensure that:
.1 the training and assessment of seafarers, as required under the Convention, are administered, supervised and monitored in accordance with the provisions of section A-I/6 of the STCW Code; and
.2 those responsible for the training and assessment of competence of seafarers, as required under the Convention, are appropriately qualified in accordance with the provisions of section A-I/6 of the STCW Code for the type and level of training or assessment involved.
Regulation I/7
Communication of information
1 In addition to the information required to be communicated by article IV, each Party shall provide to the Secretary--General, within the time periods prescribed and in the format specified in section A-I/7 of the STCW Code, such other information as may be required by the Code on other steps taken by the Party to give the Convention full and complete effect.
2 When complete information as prescribed in article IV and section A-I/7 of the STCW Code has been received and such information confirms that full and complete effect is given to the provisions of the Convention, the Secretary-General shall submit a report to this effect to the Maritime Safety Committee.
3 Following subsequent confirmation by the Maritime Safety Committee, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, that the information which has been provided demonstrates that full and complete effect is given to the provisions of the Convention:
.1 the Maritime Safety Committee shall identify the Parties so concerned;
.2 shall review the list of Parties which communicated information that demonstrated that they give full and complete effect to the relevant provisions of the Convention, to retain in this list only the Parties so concerned; and
.3 other Parties shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of regulations I/4 and I/10, to accept, in principle, that certificates issued by or on behalf of the Parties identified in paragraph 3.1 are in compliance with the Convention.
4 Amendments to the Convention and STCW Code, with dates of entry into force later than the date information has been, or will be, communicated to the Secretary-General in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1, are not subject to the provisions of section A-I/7, paragraphs 1 and 2.
Regulation I/8
Quality standards
1 Each Party shall ensure that:
.1 in accordance with the provisions of section A-I/8 of the STCW Code, all training, assessment of competence, certification, including medical certification, endorsement and revalidation activities carried out by non-governmental agencies or entities under its authority are continuously monitored through a quality standards system to ensure achievement of defined objectives, including those concerning the qualifications and experience of instructors and assessors; and
.2 where governmental agencies or entities perform such activities, there shall be a quality standards system.
2 Each Party shall also ensure that an evaluation is periodically undertaken, in accordance with the provisions of section A-I/8 of the STCW Code, by qualified persons who are not themselves involved in the activities concerned. This evaluation shall include all changes to national regulations and procedures in compliance with the amendments to the Convention and STCW Code, with dates of entry into force later than the date information was communicated to the Secretary-General.
3 A report containing the results of the evaluation required by paragraph 2 shall be communicated to the Secretary-General in accordance with the format specified in section A-I/7 of the STCW Code.
Regulation I/9
Medical standards
1 Each Party shall establish standards of medical fitness for seafarers and procedures for the issue of a medical certificate in accordance with the provisions of this regulation and of section A-I/9 of the STCW Code.
2 Each Party shall ensure that those responsible for assessing the medical fitness of seafarers are medical practitioners recognized by the Party for the purpose of seafarer medical examinations, in accordance with the provisions of section A-I/9 of the STCW Code.
3 Every seafarer holding a certificate issued under the provisions of the Convention, who is serving at sea, shall also hold a valid medical certificate issued in accordance with the provisions of this regulation and of section A-I/9 of the STCW Code.
4 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 16 years of age;
.2 provide satisfactory proof of his/her identity; and
.3 meet the applicable medical fitness standards established by the Party.
5 Medical certificates shall remain valid for a maximum period of two years unless the seafarer is under the age of 18, in which case the maximum period of validity shall be one year.
6 If the period of validity of a medical certificate expires in the course of a voyage, then the medical certificate shall continue in force until the next port of call where a medical practitioner recognized by the Party is available, provided that the period shall not exceed three months.
7 In urgent cases the Administration may permit a seafarer to work without a valid medical certificate until the next port of call where a medical practitioner recognized by the Party is available, provided that:
.1 the period of such permission does not exceed three months; and
.2 the seafarer concerned is in possession of an expired medical certificate of recent date.
Regulation I/10
Recognition of certificates
1 Each Administration shall ensure that the provisions of this regulation are complied with, in order to recognize, by endorsement in accordance with regulation I/2, paragraph 7, a certificate issued by or under the authority of another Party to a master, officer or radio operator and that:
.1 the Administration has confirmed, through an evaluation of that Party, which may include inspection of facilities and procedures, that the requirements of the Convention regarding standards of competence, training and certification and quality standards are fully complied with; and
.2 an undertaking is agreed with the Party concerned that prompt notification will be given of any significant change in the arrangements for training and certification provided in compliance with the Convention.
2 Measures shall be established to ensure that seafarers who present, for recognition, certificates issued under the provisions of regulations II/2, III/2 or III/3, or issued under regulation VII/1 at the management level, as defined in the STCW Code, have an appropriate knowledge of the maritime legislation of the Administration relevant to the functions they are permitted to perform.
3 Information provided and measures agreed upon under this regulation shall be communicated to the Secretary-General in conformity with the requirements of regulation I/7.
4 Certificates issued by or under the authority of a non-Party shall not be recognized.
5 Notwithstanding the requirement of regulation I/2, paragraph 7, an Administration may, if circumstances require, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1, allow a seafarer to serve for a period not exceeding three months on board a ship entitled to fly its flag, while holding an appropriate and valid certificate issued and endorsed as required by another Party for use on board that Party’s ships but which has not yet been endorsed so as to render it appropriate for service on board ships entitled to fly the flag of the Administration. Documentary proof shall be readily available that application for an endorsement has been submitted to the Administration.
6 Certificates and endorsements issued by an Administration under the provisions of this regulation in recognition of, or attesting the recognition of, a certificate issued by another Party shall not be used as the basis for further recognition by another Administration.
Regulation I/11
Revalidation of certificates
1 Every master, officer and radio operator holding a certificate issued or recognized under any chapter of the Convention other than chapter VI, who is serving at sea or intends to return to sea after a period ashore, shall, in order to continue to qualify for seagoing service, be required, at intervals not exceeding five years, to:
.1 meet the standards of medical fitness prescribed by regulation I/9; and
.2 establish continued professional competence in accordance with section A-I/11 of the STCW Code.
2 Every master, officer and radio operator shall, for continuing seagoing service on boardships for which special training requirements have been internationally agreed upon, successfully complete approved relevant training.
3 Every master and officer shall, for continuing seagoing service on board tankers, meet the requirements in paragraph 1 of this regulation and be required, at intervals not exceeding five years, to establish continued professional competence for tankers in accordance with section A-I/11, paragraph 3 of the STCW Code.
4 Each Party shall compare the standards of competence which it required of candidates for certificates issued before 1 January 2017 with those specified for the appropriate certificate in part A of the STCW Code, and shall determine the need for requiring the holders of such certificates to undergo appropriate refresher and updating training or assessment.
5 The Party shall, in consultation with those concerned, formulate or promote the formulation of a structure of refresher and updating courses as provided for in section A-I/11 of the STCW Code.
6 For the purpose of updating the knowledge of masters, officers and radio operators, each Administration shall ensure that the texts of recent changes in national and international regulations concerning the safety of life at sea, security and the protection of the marine environment are made available to ships entitled to fly its flag.
Regulation I/12
Use of simulators
1 The performance standards and other provisions set forth in section A-I/12 and such other requirements as are prescribed in part A of the STCW Code for any certificate concerned shall be complied with in respect of:
.1 all mandatory simulator-based training;
.2 any assessment of competency required by part A of the STCW Code which is carried out by means of a simulator; and
.3 any demonstration, by means of a simulator, of continued proficiency required by part A of the STCW Code.
Regulation I/13
Conduct of trials
1 These regulations shall not prevent an Administration from authorizing ships entitled to fly its flag to participate in trials.
2 For the purposes of this regulation, the term trial means an experiment or series of experiments, conducted over a limited period, which may involve the use of automated or integrated systems in order to evaluate alternative methods of performing specific duties or satisfying particular arrangements prescribed by the Convention, which would provide at least the same degree of safety, security and pollution prevention as provided by these regulations.
3 The Administration authorizing ships to participate in trials shall be satisfied that such trials are conducted in a manner that provides at least the same degree of safety, security and pollution prevention as provided by these regulations. Such trials shall be conducted in accordance with guidelines adopted by the Organization.
4 Details of such trials shall be reported to the Organization as early as practicable but not less than six months before the date on which the trials are scheduled to commence. The Organization shall circulate such particulars to all Parties.
5 The results of trials authorized under paragraph 1, and any recommendations the Administration may have regarding those results, shall be reported to the Organization, which shall circulate such results and recommendations to all Parties.
6 Any Party having any objection to particular trials authorized in accordance with this regulation should communicate such objection to the Organization as early as practicable. The Organization shall circulate details of the objection to all Parties.
7 An Administration which has authorized a trial shall respect objections received from other Parties relating to such trial by directing ships entitled to fly its flag not to engage in a trial while navigating in the waters of a coastal State which has communicated its objection to the Organization.
8 An Administration which concludes, on the basis of a trial, that a particular system will provide at least the same degree of safety, security and pollution prevention as provided by these regulations may authorize ships entitled to fly its flag to continue to operate with such a system indefinitely, subject to the following requirements:
.1 the Administration shall, after results of the trial have been submitted in accordance with paragraph 5, provide details of any such authorization, including identification of the specific ships which may be subject to the authorization, to the Organization, which will circulate this information to all Parties;
.2 any operations authorized under this paragraph shall be conducted in accordance with any guidelines developed by the Organization, to the same extent as they apply during a trial;
.3 such operations shall respect any objections received from other Parties in accordance with paragraph 7, to the extent such objections have not been withdrawn; and
.4 an operation authorized under this paragraph shall only be permitted pending a determination by the Maritime Safety Committee as to whether an amendment to the Convention would be appropriate, and, if so, whether the operation should be suspended or permitted to continue before the amendment enters into force.
9 At the request of any Party, the Maritime Safety Committee shall establish a date for the consideration of the trial results and for the appropriate determinations.
Regulation I/14
Responsibilities of companies
1 Each Administration shall, in accordance with the provisions of section A-I/14, hold companies responsible for the assignment of seafarers for service on their ships in accordance with the provisions of the present Convention, and shall require every such company to ensure that:
.1 each seafarer assigned to any of its ships holds an appropriate certificate in accordance with the provisions of the Convention and as established by the Administration;
.2 its ships are manned in compliance with the applicable safe manning requirements of the Administration;
.3 seafarers assigned to any of its ships have received refresher and updating training as required by the Convention;
.4 documentation and data relevant to all seafarers employed on its ships are maintained and readily accessible, and include, without being limited to, documentation and data on their experience, training, medical fitness and competency in assigned duties;
.5 seafarers, on being assigned to any of its ships, are familiarized with their specific duties and with all ship arrangements, installations, equipment, procedures and ship characteristics that are relevant to their routine or emergency duties;
.6 the ship’s complement can effectively coordinate their activities in an emergency situation and in performing functions vital to safety, security and to the prevention or mitigation of pollution; and
.7 at all times on board its ships there shall be effective oral communication in accordance with chapter V, regulation 14, paragraphs 3 and 4 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), as amended.
Regulation I/15
Transitional provisions
1 Until 1 January 2017, a Party may continue to issue, recognize and endorse certificates in accordance with the provisions of the Convention which applied immediately prior to 1 January 2012 in respect of those seafarers who commenced approved seagoing service, an approved education and training programme or an approved training course before 1 July 2013.
2 Until 1 January 2017, a Party may continue to renew and revalidate certificates and endorsements in accordance with the provisions of the Convention which applied immediately prior to 1 January 2012.
Regulation II/1
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more
1 Every officer in charge of a navigational watch serving on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tonnage or more shall hold a certificate of competency.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 have approved seagoing service of not less than 12 months as part of an approved training programme which includes onboard training that meets the requirements of section A-II/1 of the STCW Code and is documented in an approved training record book, or otherwise have approved seagoing service of not less than 36 months;
.3 have performed, during the required seagoing service, bridge watchkeeping duties under the supervision of the master or a qualified officer for a period of not less than six months;
.4 meet the applicable requirements of the regulations in chapter IV, as appropriate, for performing designated radio duties in accordance with the Radio Regulations;
.5 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-II/1 of the STCW Code; and
.6 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2, section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4, section A-VI/3, paragraphs 1 to 4 and section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 of the STCW Code.
Regulation II/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of masters and chief mates on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more
Master and chief mate on ships of 3,000 gross tonnage or more
1 Every master and chief mate on a seagoing ship of 3,000 gross tonnage or more shall hold a certificate of competency.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 meet the requirements for certification as an officer in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more and have approved seagoing service in that capacity:
.1.1 for certification as chief mate, not less than 12 months, and
.1.2 for certification as master, not less than 36 months; however, this period may be reduced to not less than 24 months if not less than 12 months of such seagoing service has been served as chief mate; and
.2 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-II/2 of the STCW Code for masters and chief mates on ships of 3,000 gross tonnage or more.
Master and chief mate on ships of between 500 and 3,000 gross tonnage
3 Every master and chief mate on a seagoing ship of between 500 and 3,000 gross tonnage shall hold a certificate of competency.
4 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 for certification as chief mate, meet the requirements of an officer in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more;
.2 for certification as master, meet the requirements of an officer in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more and have approved seagoing service of not less than 36 months in that capacity; however, this period may be reduced to not less than 24 months if not less than 12 months of such seagoing service has been served as chief mate; and
.3 have completed approved training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-II/2 of the STCW Code for masters and chief mates on ships of between 500 and 3,000 gross tonnage.
Regulation II/3
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch and of masters on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage
Ships not engaged on near-coastal voyages
1 Every officer in charge of a navigational watch serving on a seagoing ship of less than 500 gross tonnage not engaged on near-coastal voyages shall hold a certificate of competency for ships of 500 gross tonnage or more.
2 Every master serving on a seagoing ship of less than 500 gross tonnage not engaged on near-coastal voyages shall hold a certificate of competency for service as master on ships of between 500 and 3,000 gross tonnage.
Ships engaged on near-coastal voyages
Officer in charge of a navigational watch
3 Every officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of less than 500 gross tonnage engaged on near-coastal voyages shall hold a certificate of competency.
4 Every candidate for certification as officer in charge of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of less than 500 gross tonnage engaged on near-coastal voyages shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 have completed:
.2.1 special training, including an adequate period of appropriate seagoing service as required by the Administration, or
.2.2 approved seagoing service in the deck department of not less than 36 months;
.3 meet the applicable requirements of the regulations in chapter IV, as appropriate, for performing designated radio duties in accordance with the Radio Regulations;
.4 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-II/3 of the STCW Code for officers in charge of a navigational watch on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage engaged on near-coastal voyages; and
.5 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2, section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4, section A-VI/3, paragraphs 1 to 4 and section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 of the STCW Code.
Master
5 Every master serving on a seagoing ship of less than 500 gross tonnage engaged on near-coastal voyages shall hold a certificate of competency.
6 Every candidate for certification as master on a seagoing ship of less than 500 gross tonnage engaged on near-coastal voyages shall:
.1 be not less than 20 years of age;
.2 have approved seagoing service of not less than 12 months as officer in charge of a navigational watch;
.3 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-II/3 of the STCW Code for masters on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage engaged on near-coastal voyages; and
.4 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2, section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4, section A-VI/3, paragraphs 1 to 4 and section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 of the STCW Code.
Exemptions
7 The Administration, if it considers that a ship’s size and the conditions of its voyage are such as to render the application of the full requirements of this regulation and section A-II/3 of the STCW Code unreasonable or impracticable, may to that extent exempt the master and the officer in charge of a navigational watch on such a ship or class of ships from some of the requirements, bearing in mind the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters.
Regulation II/4
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings forming part of a navigational watch
1 Every rating forming part of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tonnage or more, other than ratings under training and ratings whose duties while on watch are of an unskilled nature, shall be duly certificated to perform such duties.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 16 years of age;
.2 have completed:
.2.1 approved seagoing service including not less than six months of training and experience, or
.2.2 special training, either pre-sea or on board ship, including an approved period of seagoing service which shall not be less than two months; and
.3 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-II/4 of the STCW Code.
3 The seagoing service, training and experience required by subparagraphs 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 shall be associated with navigational watchkeeping functions and involve the performance of duties carried out under the direct supervision of the master, the officer in charge of the navigational watch or a qualified rating.
Regulation II/5
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer deck
1 Every able seafarer deck serving on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tonnage or more shall be duly certificated.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 meet the requirements for certification as a rating forming part of a navigational watch;
.3 while qualified to serve as a rating forming part of a navigational watch, have approved seagoing service in the deck department of:
.3.1 not less than 18 months, or
.3.2 not less than 12 months and have completed approved training; and
.4 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-II/5 of the STCW Code.
3 Evey Party shall compare the standards of competence which it required of Able Seamen for certificates issued before 1 January 2012 with those specified for the certificate in section A-II/5 of the STCW Code, and shall determine the need, if any, for requiring these personnel to update their qualifications.
4 Until 1 January 2012, a Party which is also a Party to the International Labour Organization Certification of Able Seamen Convention, 1946 (No. 74) may continue to issue, recognize and endorse certificates in accordance with the provisions of the aforesaid convention.
5 Until 1 January 2017, a Party which is also a Party to the International Labour Organization Certification of Able Seamen Convention, 1946 (No. 74) may continue to renew and revalidate certificates and endorsements in accordance with the provisions of the aforesaid convention.
6 Seafarers may be considered by the Party to have met the requirements of this regulation if they have served in a relevant capacity in the deck department for a period of not less than 12 months within the last 60 months preceding the entry into force of this regulation for that Party.
Regulation III/1
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or designated duty engineers in a periodically unmanned engine-room
1 Every officer in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or designated duty engineer officer in a periodically unmanned engine-room on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more shall hold a certificate of competency.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 have completed combined workshop skills training and an approved seagoing service of not less than 12 months as part of an approved training programme which includes onboard training that meets the requirements of section A-III/1 of the STCW Code and is documented in an approved training record book, or otherwise have completed combined workshop skills training and an approved seagoing service of not less than 36 months of which not less than 30 months shall be seagoing service in the engine department;
.3 have performed, during the required seagoing service, engine-room watchkeeping duties under the supervision of the chief engineer officer or a qualified engineer officer for a period of not less than six months;
.4 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/1 of the STCW Code; and
.5 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2, section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4, section A-VI/3, paragraphs 1 to 4 and section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 of the STCW Code.
Regulation III/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers on ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more
1 Every chief engineer officer and second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more shall hold a certificate of competency.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 meet the requirements for certification as an officer in charge of an engineering watch on seagoing ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more and have approved seagoing service in that capacity:
.1.1 for certification as second engineer officer, have not less than 12 months as qualified engineer officer, and
.1.2 for certification as chief engineer officer, have not less than 36 months: however, this period may be reduced to not less than 24 months if not less than 12 months of such seagoing service has been served as second engineer officer; and
.2 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/2 of the STCW Code.
Regulation III/3
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers on ships powered by main propulsion machinery of between 750 kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power
1 Every chief engineer officer and second engineer officer on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of between 750 kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power shall hold a certificate of competency.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 meet the requirements for certification as an officer in charge of an engineering watch and:
.1.1 for certification as second engineer officer, have not less than 12 months of approved seagoing service as assistant engineer officer or engineer officer, and
.1.2 for certification as chief engineer officer, have not less than 24 months of approved seagoing service of which not less than 12 months shall be served while qualified to serve as second engineer officer; and
.2 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/3 of the STCW Code.
3 Every engineer officer who is qualified to serve as second engineer officer on ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more, may serve as chief engineer officer on ships powered by main propulsion machinery of less than 3,000 kW propulsion power, provided the certificate is so endorsed.
Regulation III/4
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
1 Every rating forming part of an engine-room watch or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more, other than ratings under training and ratings whose duties are of an unskilled nature, shall be duly certificated to perform such duties.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 16 years of age;
.2 have completed:
.2.1 approved seagoing service including not less than six months of training and experience, or
.2.2 special training, either pre-sea or on board ship, including an approved period of seagoing service which shall not be less than two months; and
.3 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/4 of the STCW Code.
3 The seagoing service, training and experience required by subparagraphs 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 shall be associated with engine-room watchkeeping functions and involve the performance of duties carried out under the direct supervision of a qualified engineer officer or a qualified rating.
Regulation III/5
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer engine in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
1 Every able seafarer engine serving on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more shall be duly certificated.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 meet the requirements for certification as a rating forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room;
.3 while qualified to serve as a rating forming part of an engineering watch, have approved seagoing service in the engine department of:
.3.1 not less than 12 months, or
.3.2 not less than 6 months and have completed approved training; and
.4 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/5 of the STCW Code.
3 Evey Party shall compare the standard of competence which it required of ratings in the engine department for certificates issued before 1 January 2012 with those specified for the certificate in section A-III/5 of the STCW Code, and shall determine the need, if any, for requiring these personnel to update their qualifications.
4 Seafarers may be considered by the Party to have met the requirements of this regulation if they have served in a relevant capacity in the engine department for a period of not less than 12 months within the last 60 months preceding the entry into force of this regulation for that Party.
Regulation III/6
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical officers
1 Every electro-technical officer serving on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more shall hold a certificate of competency.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 have completed not less than 12 months of combined workshop skills training and approved seagoing service of which not less than 6 months shall be seagoing service as part of an approved training programme which meets the requirements of section A-III/6 of the STCW Code and is documented in an approved training record book, or otherwise not less than 36 months of combined workshop skills training and approved seagoing service of which not less than 30 months shall be seagoing service in the engine department;
.3 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/6 of the STCW Code; and
.4 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2, section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4, section A-VI/3, paragraphs 1 to 4 and section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 of the STCW Code.
3 Every Party shall compare the standard of competence which it required of electro-technical officers for certificates issued before 1 January 2012 with those specified for the certificate in section A-III/6 of the STCW Code, and shall determine the need for requiring those personnel to update their qualifications.
4 Seafarers may be considered by the Party to have met the requirements of this regulation if they have served in a relevant capacity on board a ship for a period of not less than 12 months within the last 60 months preceding the entry into force of this regulation for that Party and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/6 of the STCW Code.
5 Notwithstanding the above requirements of paragraph 1 to 4, a suitably qualified person may be considered by a Party to be able to perform certain functions of section A-III/6.
Regulation III/7
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical ratings
1 Every electro-technical rating serving on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more shall be duly certificated.
2 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 have:
.2.1 completed approved seagoing service including not less than 12 months training and experience, or
.2.2 completed approved training, including an approved period of seagoing service which shall not be less than 6 months, or
.2.3 qualifications that meet the technical competences in table A-III/7 and an approved period of seagoing service, which shall not be less than 3 months; and
.3 meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/7 of the STCW Code.
3 Every Party shall compare the standard of competence which it required of electro-technical ratings for certificates issued before 1 January 2012 with those specified for the certificate in section A-III/7 of the STCW Code, and shall determine the need, if any, for requiring these personnel to update their qualifications.
4 Seafarers may be considered by the Party to have met the requirements of this regulation if they have served in a relevant capacity on board a ship for a period of not less than 12 months within the last 60 months preceding the entry into force of this regulation for that Party and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-III/7 of the STCW Code.
5 Notwithstanding the above requirements of paragraphs 1 to 4, a suitably qualified person may be considered by a Party to be able to perform certain functions of section A-III/7.
Explanatory note
Mandatory provisions relating to radio watchkeeping are set forth in the Radio Regulations and in the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended. Provisions for radio maintenance are set forth in the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), as amended, and the guidelines adopted by the Organization.
Regulation IV/1
Application
1 Except as provided in paragraph 2, the provisions of this chapter apply to radio operators on ships operating in the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS) as prescribed by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended.
2 Radio operators on ships not required to comply with the provisions of the GMDSS in chapter IV of the SOLAS Convention are not required to meet the provisions of this chapter. Radio operators on these ships are, nevertheless, required to comply with the Radio Regulations. The Administration shall ensure that the appropriate certificates as prescribed by the Radio Regulations are issued to or recognized in respect of such radio operators.
Regulation IV/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of GMDSS radio operators
1 Every person in charge of or performing radio duties on a ship required to participate in the GMDSS shall hold an appropriate certificate related to the GMDSS, issued or recognized by the Administration under the provisions of the Radio Regulations.
2 In addition, every candidate for certification of competency under this regulation for service on a ship, which is required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended, to have a radio installation, shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age; and
.2 have completed approved education and training and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-IV/2 of the STCW Code.
Regulation V/1-1
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on oil and chemical tankers
1 Officers and ratings assigned specific duties and responsibilities related to cargo or cargo equipment on oil or chemical tankers shall hold a certificate in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations.
2 Every candidate for a certificate in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations shall have completed basic training in accordance with provisions of section A-VI/1 of the STCW Code and shall have completed:
.1 at least three months of approved seagoing service on oil or chemical tankers and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-V/1-1, paragraph 1 of the STCW Code; or
.2 an approved basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-V/1-1, paragraph 1 of the STCW Code.
3 Masters, chief engineer officers, chief mates, second engineer officers and any person with immediate responsibility for loading, discharging, care in transit, handling of cargo, tank cleaning or other cargo-related operations on oil tankers shall hold a certificate in advanced training for oil tanker cargo operations.
4 Every candidate for a certificate in advanced training for oil tanker cargo operations shall:
.1 meet the requirements for certification in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations; and
.2 while qualified for certification in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations, have:
.2.1 at least three months of approved seagoing service on oil tankers, or
.2.2 at least one month of approved onboard training on oil tankers, in a supernumerary capacity, which includes at least three loading and three unloading operations and is documented in an approved training record book taking into account guidance in section B-V/1; and
.3 have completed approved advanced training for oil tanker cargo operations and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-V/1-1, paragraph 2 of the STCW Code.
5 Masters, chief engineer officers, chief mates, second engineer officers and any person with immediate responsibility for loading, discharging, care in transit, handling of cargo, tank cleaning or other cargo-related operations on chemical takers shall hold a certificate in advanced training for chemical tanker cargo operations.
6 Every candidate for a certificate in advanced training for chemical tanker cargo operations shall:
.1 meet the requirements for certification in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations; and
.2 while qualified for certification in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations, have:
.2.1 at least three months of approved seagoing service on chemical tankers, or
.2.2 at least one month of approved onboard training on chemical tankers, in a supernumerary capacity, which includes at least three loading and three unloading operations and is documented in an approved training record book taking into account guidance in section B-V/1; and
.3 have completed approved advanced training for chemical tanker cargo operations and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-V/1-1, paragraph 3 of the STCW Code.
7 Administrations shall ensure that a certificate of proficiency is issued to seafarers, who are qualified in accordance with paragraphs 2, 4 or 6 as appropriate, or that an existing certificate of competency or certificate of proficiency is duly endorsed.
Regulation V/1-2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on liquefied gas tankers
1 Officers and ratings assigned specific duties and responsibilities related to cargo or cargo equipment on liquefied gas tankers shall hold a certificate in basic training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations.
2 Every candidate for a certificate in basic training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations shall have completed basic training in accordance with provisions of section A-VI/1 of the STCW Code and shall have completed:
.1 at least three months of approved seagoing service on liquefied gas tankers and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-V/1-2, paragraph 1 of the STCW Code; or
.2 an approved basic training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-V/1-2, paragraph 1 of the STCW Code.
3 Masters, chief engineer officers, chief mates, second engineer officers and any person with immediate responsibility for loading, discharging, care in transit, handling of cargo, tank cleaning or other cargo-related operations on liquefied gas tankers shall hold a certificate in advanced training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations.
4 Every candidate for a certificate in advanced training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations shall:
.1 meet the requirements for certification in basic training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations; and
.2 while qualified for certification in basic training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations, have:
.2.1 at least three months of approved seagoing service on liquefied gas tankers, or
.2.2 at least one month of approved onboard training on liquefied gas tankers, in a supernumerary capacity, which includes at least three loading and three unloading operations and is documented in an approved training record book taking into account guidance in section B-V/1; and
.3 have completed approved advanced training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations and meet the standard of competence specified in section A-V/1-2, paragraph 2 of the STCW Code.
5 Administrations shall ensure that a certificate of proficiency is issued to seafarers, who are qualified in accordance with paragraphs 2 or 4 as appropriate, or that an existing certificate of competency or certificate of proficiency is duly endorsed.
Regulation V/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of masters, officers, ratings and other personnel on passenger ships
1 This regulation applies to masters, officers, ratings and other personnel serving on board passenger ships engaged on international voyages. Administrations shall determine the applicability of these requirements to personnel serving on passenger ships engaged on domestic voyages.
2 Prior to being assigned shipboard duties on board passenger ships, seafarers shall have completed the training required by paragraphs 4 to 7 below in accordance with their capacity, duties and responsibilities.
3 Seafarers who are required to be trained in accordance with paragraphs 4, 6 and 7 below shall, at intervals not exceeding five years, undertake appropriate refresher training or be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence within the previous five years.
4 Masters, officers and other personnel designated on muster lists to assist passengers in emergency situations on board passenger ships shall have completed training in crowd management as specified in section A-V/2, paragraph 1 of the STCW Code.
5 Personnel providing direct service to passengers in passenger spaces on board passenger ships shall have completed the safety training specified in section A-V/2, paragraph 2 of the STCW Code.
6 Masters, chief engineer officers, chief mates, second engineer officers and any person designated on muster lists of having responsibility for the safety of passengers in emergency situations on board passenger ships shall have completed approved training in crisis management and human behaviour as specified in section A-V/2, paragraph 3 of the STCW Code.
7 Masters, chief engineer officers, chief mates, second engineer officers and every person assigned immediate responsibility for embarking and disembarking passengers, loading, discharging or securing cargo, or closing hull openings on board ro-ro passenger ships shall have completed approved training in passenger safety, cargo safety and hull integrity as specified in section A-V/2, paragraph 4 of the STCW Code.
8 Administrations shall ensure that documentary evidence of the training which has been completed is issued to every person found qualified under the provisions of this regulation.
Regulation VI/1
Mandatory minimum requirements for safety familiarization, basic training and instruction for all seafarers
1 Seafarers shall receive safety familiarization and basic training or instruction in accordance with section A-VI/1 of the STCW Code and shall meet the appropriate standard of competence specified therein.
2 Where basic training is not included in the qualification for the certificate to be issued, a certificate of proficiency shall be issued, indicating that the holder has attended the course in basic training.
Regulation VI/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescue boats
1 Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats shall:
.1 be not less than 18 years of age;
.2 have approved seagoing service of not less than 12 months or have attended an approved training course and have approved seagoing service of not less than six months; and
.3 meet the standard of competence for certificates of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats, set out in section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4 of the STCW Code.
2 Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency in fast rescue boats shall:
.1 be the holder of a certificate of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats;
.2 have attended an approved training course; and
.3 meet the standard of competence for certificates of proficiency in fast rescue boats, set out in section A-VI/2, paragraphs 7 to 10 of the STCW Code.
Regulation VI/3
Mandatory minimum requirements for training in advanced fire fighting
1 Seafarers designated to control fire-fighting operations shall have successfully completed advanced training in techniques for fighting fire, with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and command, in accordance with the provisions of section A-VI/3, paragraphs 1 to 4 of the STCW Code and shall meet the standard of competence specified therein.
2 Where training in advanced fire fighting is not included in the qualifications for the certificate to be issued, a certificate of proficiency shall be issued indicating that the holder has attended a course of training in advanced fire fighting.
Regulation VI/4
Mandatory minimum requirements relating to medical first aid and medical care
1 Seafarers designated to provide medical first aid on board ship shall meet the standard of competence in medical first aid specified in section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 of the STCW Code.
2 Seafarers designated to take charge of medical care on board ship shall meet the standard of competence in medical care on board ships specified in section A-VI/4, paragraphs 4 to 6 of the STCW Code.
3 Where training in medical first aid or medical care is not included in the qualifications for the certificate to be issued, a certificate of proficiency shall be issued indicating that the holder has attended a course of training in medical first aid or in medical care.
Regulation VI/5
Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of proficiency for ship security officers
1 Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency as ship security officer shall:
.1 have approved seagoing service of not less than 12 months or appropriate seagoing service and knowledge of ship operations; and
.2 meet the standard of competence for certification of proficiency as ship security officer, set out in section A-VI/5, paragraphs 1 to 4 of the STCW Code.
2 Administrations shall ensure that every person found qualified under the provisions of this regulation is issued with a certificate of proficiency.
Regulation VI/6
Mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and instruction for all seafarers
1 Seafarers shall receive security-related familiarization and security-awareness training or instruction in accordance with section A-VI/6, paragraphs 1 to 4 of the STCW Code and shall meet the appropriate standard of competence specified therein.
2 Where security awareness is not included in the qualification for the certificate to be issued, a certificate of proficiency shall be issued indicating that the holder has attended a course in security awareness training.
3 Every Party shall compare the security-related training or instruction it requires of seafarers who hold or can document qualifications before the entry into force of this regulation with those specified in section A-VI/6, paragraph 4 of the STCW Code, and shall determine the need for requiring these seafarers to update their qualifications.
Seafarers with designated security duties
4 Seafarers with designated security duties shall meet the standard of competence specified in section A-VI/6, paragraphs 6 to 8 of the STCW Code.
5 Where training in designated security duties is not included in the qualifications for the certificate to be issued, a certificate of proficiency shall be issued indicating that the holder has attended a course of training for designated security duties.
6 Every Party shall compare the security training standards required of seafarers with designated security duties who hold or can document qualifications before the entry into force of this regulation with those specified in section A-VI/6, paragraph 8 of the STCW Code, and shall determine the need for requiring these seafarers to update their qualifications.
Regulation VII/1
Issue of alternative certificates
1 Notwithstanding the requirements for certification laid down in chapters II and III of this annex, Parties may elect to issue or authorize the issue of certificates other than those mentioned in the regulations of those chapters, provided that:
.1 the associated functions and levels of responsibility to be stated on the certificates and in the endorsements are selected from and identical to those appearing in sections A-II/1, A-II/2, A-II/3, A-II/4, A-II/5, A-III/1, A-III/2, A-III/3, A-III/4, A-III/5 and A-IV/2 of the STCW Code;
.2 the candidates have completed approved education and training and meet the requirements for standards of competence, prescribed in the relevant sections of the STCW Code and as set forth in section A-VII/1 of this Code, for the functions and levels that are to be stated in the certificates and in the endorsements;
.3 the candidates have completed approved seagoing service appropriate to the performance of the functions and levels that are to be stated on the certificate. The minimum duration of seagoing service shall be equivalent to the duration of seagoing service prescribed in chapters II and III of this annex. However, the minimum duration of seagoing service shall be not less than as prescribed in section A-VII/2 of the STCW Code;
.4 the candidates for certification who are to perform the function of navigation at the operational level shall meet the applicable requirements of the regulations in chapter IV, as appropriate, for performing designated radio duties in accordance with the Radio Regulations; and
.5 the certificates are issued in accordance with the requirements of regulation I/2 and the provisions set forth in chapter VII of the STCW Code.
2 No certificate shall be issued under this chapter unless the Party has communicated information to the Organization in accordance with article IV and regulation I/7.
Regulation VII/2
Certification of seafarers
1 Every seafarer who performs any function or group of functions specified in tables A-II/1, A-II/2, A-II/3, A-II/4 or A-II/5 of chapter II or in tables A-III/1, A-III/2, A-III/3, A-III/4 or A-III/5 of chapter III or A-IV/2 of chapter IV of the STCW Code shall hold a certificate of competency or certificate of proficiency, as applicable.
Regulation VII/3
Principles governing the issue of alternative certificates
1 Any Party which elects to issue or authorize the issue of alternative certificates shall ensure that the following principles are observed:
.1 no alternative certification system shall be implemented unless it ensures a degree of safety at sea and has a preventive effect as regards pollution at least equivalent to that provided by the other chapters; and
.2 any arrangement for alternative certification issued under this chapter shall provide for the interchangeability of certificates with those issued under the other chapters.
2 The principle of interchangeability in paragraph 1 shall ensure that:
.1 seafarers certificated under the arrangements of chapters II and/or III and those certificated under chapter VII are able to serve on ships which have either traditional or other forms of shipboard organization; and
.2 seafarers are not trained for specific shipboard arrangements in such a way as would impair their ability to take their skills elsewhere.
3 In issuing any certificate under the provisions of this chapter, the following principles shall be taken into account:
.1 the issue of alternative certificates shall not be used in itself:
.1.1 to reduce the number of crew on board,
.1.2 to lower the integrity of the profession or “de-skill” seafarers, or
.1.3 to justify the assignment of the combined duties of the engine and deck watchkeeping officers to a single certificate holder during any particular watch; and
.2 the person in command shall be designated as the master; and the legal position and authority of the master and others shall not be adversely affected by the implementation of any arrangement for alternative certification.
4 The principles contained in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this regulation shall ensure that the competency of both deck and engineer officers is maintained.
Regulation VIII/1
Fitness for duty
1 Each Administration shall, for the purpose of preventing fatigue:
.1 establish and enforce rest periods for watchkeeping personnel and those whose duties involve designated safety, security and prevention of pollution duties in accordance with the provisions of section A-VIII/1 of the STCW Code; and
.2 require that watch systems are so arranged that the efficiency of all watchkeeping personnel is not impaired by fatigue and that duties are so organized that the first watch at the commencement of a voyage and subsequent relieving watches are sufficiently rested and otherwise fit for duty.
2 Each Administration shall, for the purpose of preventing drug and alcohol abuse, ensure that adequate measures are established in accordance with the provisions of section A-VIII/1 while taking into account the guidance given in section B-VIII/1 of the STCW Code.
Regulation VIII/2
Watchkeeping arrangements and principles to be observed
1 Administrations shall direct the attention of companies, masters, chief engineer officers and all watchkeeping personnel to the requirements, principles and guidance set out in the STCW Code which shall be observed to ensure that a safe continuous watch or watches appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions are maintained on all seagoing ships at all times.
2 Administrations shall require the master of every ship to ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate for maintaining a safe watch or watches, taking into account the prevailing circumstances and conditions and that, under the master’s general direction:
.1 officers in charge of the navigational watch are responsible for navigating the ship safely during their periods of duty, when they shall be physically present on the navigating bridge or in a directly associated location such as the chartroom or bridge control room at all times;
.2 radio operators are responsible for maintaining a continuous radio watch on appropriate frequencies during their periods of duty;
.3 officers in charge of an engineering watch, as defined in the STCW Code, under the direction of the chief engineer officer, shall be immediately available and on call to attend the machinery spaces and, when required, shall be physically present in the machinery space during their periods of responsibility;
.4 an appropriate and effective watch or watches are maintained for the purpose of safety at all times, while the ship is at anchor or moored and, if the ship is carrying hazardous cargo, the organization of such watch or watches takes full account of the nature, quantity, packing and stowage of the hazardous cargo and of any special conditions prevailing on board, afloat or ashore; and
.5 as applicable, an appropriate and effective watch or watches are maintained for the purposes of security.”
1 The part A of the Seafarers’ Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW) Code is replaced by the following:
Introduction
1 This part of the STCW Code contains mandatory provisions to which specific reference is made in the annex to the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended, hereinafter referred to as the STCW Convention. These provisions give in detail the minimum standards required to be maintained by Parties in order to give full and complete effect to the Convention.
2 Also contained in this part are standards of competence required to be demonstrated by candidates for the issue and revalidation of certificates of competency under the provisions of the STCW Convention. To clarify the linkage between the alternative certification provisions of chapter VII and the certification provisions of chapters II, III and IV, the abilities specified in the standards of competence are grouped, as appropriate, under the following seven functions:
.1 Navigation
.2 Cargo handling and stowage
.3 Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board
.4 Marine engineering
.5 Electrical, electronic and control engineering
.6 Maintenance and repair
.7 Radiocommunications
at the following levels of responsibility:
.1 Management level
.2 Operational level
.3 Support level
Functions and levels of responsibility are identified by subtitle in the tables of standards of competence given in chapters II, III and IV of this part. The scope of the function at the level of responsibility stated in a subtitle is defined by the abilities listed under it in column 1 of the table. The meaning of “function” and “level of responsibility” is defined in general terms in section A-I/1 below.
3 The numbering of the sections of this part corresponds with the numbering of the regulations contained in the annex to the STCW Convention. The text of the sections may be divided into numbered parts and paragraphs, but such numbering is unique to that text alone.
Section A-I/1
Definitions and clarifications
1 The definitions and clarifications contained in article II and regulation I/1 apply equally to the terms used in parts A and B of this Code. In addition, the following supplementary definitions apply only to this Code:
.1 Standard of competence means the level of proficiency to be achieved for the proper performance of functions on board ship in accordance with the internationally agreed criteria as set forth herein and incorporating prescribed standards or levels of knowledge, understanding and demonstrated skill;
.2 Management level means the level of responsibility associated with:
.2.1 serving as master, chief mate, chief engineer officer or second engineer officer on board a seagoing ship, and
.2.2 ensuring that all functions within the designated area of responsibility are properly performed;
.3 Operational level means the level of responsibility associated with:
.3.1 serving as officer in charge of a navigational or engineering watch or as designated duty engineer for periodically unmanned machinery spaces or as radio operator on board a seagoing ship, and
.3.2 maintaining direct control over the performance of all functions within the designated area of responsibility in accordance with proper procedures and under the direction of an individual serving in the management level for that area of responsibility;
.4 Support level means the level of responsibility associated with performing assigned tasks, duties or responsibilities on board a seagoing ship under the direction of an individual serving in the operational or management level;
.5 Evaluation criteria are the entries appearing in column 4 of the “Specification of Minimum Standard of Competence” tables in part A and provide the means for an assessor to judge whether or not a candidate can perform the related tasks, duties and responsibilities; and
.6 Independent evaluation means an evaluation by suitably qualified persons, independent of, or external to, the unit or activity being evaluated, to verify that the administrative and operational procedures at all levels are managed, organized, undertaken and monitored internally in order to ensure their fitness for purpose and achievement of stated objectives.
Section A-I/2
Certificates and endorsements
1 Where, as provided in regulation I/2, paragraph 6, the endorsement required by article VI of the Convention is incorporated in the wording of the certificate itself, the certificate shall be issued in the format shown hereunder, provided that the words “or until the date of expiry of any extension of the validity of this certificate as may be shown overleaf” appearing on the front of the form and the provisions for recording extension of the validity appearing on the back of the form shall be omitted where the certificate is required to be replaced upon its expiry. Guidance on completion of the form is contained in section B-I/2 of this Code.
2 Except as provided in paragraph 1, the form used to attest the issue of a certificate shall be as shown hereunder, provided that the words “or until the date of expiry of any extension of the validity of this endorsement as may be shown overleaf” appearing on the front of the form and the provisions for recording extension of the validity appearing on the back of the form shall be omitted where the endorsement is required to be replaced upon its expiry. Guidance on completion of the form is contained in section B-I/2 of this Code.
3 The form used to attest the recognition of a certificate shall be as shown hereunder, except that the words “or until the date of expiry of any extension of the validity of this endorsement as may be shown overleaf” appearing on the front of the form and the provisions for recording extension of the validity appearing on the back of the form shall be omitted where the endorsement is required to be replaced upon its expiry. Guidance on completion of the form is contained in section B-I/2 of this Code.
4 In using formats which may be different from those set forth in this section, pursuant to regulation I/2, paragraph 10, Parties shall ensure that in all cases:
.1 all information relating to the identity and personal description of the holder, including name, date of birth, photograph and signature, along with the date on which the document was issued, shall be displayed on the same side of the documents; and
.2 all information relating to the capacity or capacities in which the holder is entitled to serve, in accordance with the applicable safe manning requirements of the Administration, as well as any limitations, shall be prominently displayed and easily identified.
ISSUE AND REGISTRATION OF CERTIFICATES
Approval of seagoing service
5 In approving seagoing service required by the Convention, Parties should ensure that the service concerned is relevant to the qualification being applied for, bearing in mind that, apart from the initial familiarization with service in seagoing ships, the purpose of such service is to allow the seafarer to be instructed in and to practice, under appropriate supervision, those safe and proper seagoing practices, procedures and routines which are relevant to the qualification applied for.
Approval of training courses
6 In approving training courses and programmes, Parties should take into account that the relevant IMO Model Courses can assist in the preparation of such courses and programmes and ensure that the detailed learning objectives recommended therein are suitably covered.
Electronic access to registers
7 In the maintenance of the electronic register in accordance with paragraph 15 of regulation I/2, provisions shall be made to allow controlled electronic access to such register or registers to allow Parties and companies to confirm:
.1 the name of the seafarer to whom such certificate, endorsement or other qualification was issued, its relevant number, date of issue and date of expiry;
.2 the capacity in which the holder may serve and any limitations attaching thereto; and
.3 the functions the holder may perform, the levels authorized and any limitations attached thereto.
Development of a database for certificate registration
8 In implementing the requirement in paragraph 14 of regulation I/2 for the maintenance of a register of certificates and endorsements, a standard database is not necessary provided that all the relevant information is recorded and available in accordance with regulation I/2.
9 The following items of information should be recorded and available, either on paper or electronically, in accordance with regulation I/2:
.1 Status of certificate
Valid
Suspended
Cancelled
Reported lost
Destroyed
with a record of changes to status to be kept, including dates of changes.
.2 Certificate details
Seafarer’s name
Date of birth
Nationality
Gender
Preferably a photograph
Relevant document number
Date of issue
Date of expiry
Last revalidation date
Details of dispensation(s)
.3 Competency details
STCW standard of competence (e.g., regulation II/1)
Capacity
Function
Level of responsibility
Endorsements
Limitations
.4 Medical details
Date of issue of latest medical certificate relating to the issue or revalidation of the certificate of competency.
Section A-I/3
Principles governing near-coastal voyages
1 When a Party defines near-coastal voyages, inter alia, for the purpose of applying variations to the subjects listed in column 2 of the standard of competence tables contained in chapters II and III of part A of the Code, for the issue of certificates valid for service on ships entitled to fly the flag of that Party and engaged on such voyages, account shall be taken of the following factors, bearing in mind the effect on the safety and security of all ships and on the marine environment:
.1 type of ship and the trade in which it is engaged;
.2 gross tonnage of the ship and the propulsion power in kilowatts of the main machinery;
.3 nature and length of the voyages;
.4 maximum distance from a port of refuge;
.5 adequacy of the coverage and accuracy of navigational position-fixing devices;
.6 weather conditions normally prevailing in the near-coastal voyages area;
.7 provision of shipboard and coastal communication facilities for search and rescue; and
.8 the availability of shore-based support, regarding especially technical maintenance on board.
2 It is not intended that ships engaged on near-coastal voyages extend their voyages worldwide, under the excuse that they are navigating constantly within the limits of designated near-coastal voyages of neighbouring Parties.
Section A-I/4
Control procedures
1 The assessment procedure provided for in regulation I/4, paragraph 1.3, resulting from any of the occurrences mentioned therein shall take the form of a verification that members of the crew who are required to be competent do in fact possess the necessary skills related to the occurrence.
2 It shall be borne in mind when making this assessment that onboard procedures are relevant to the International Safety Management (ISM) Code and that the provisions of this Convention are confined to the competence to safely execute those procedures.
3 Control procedures under this Convention shall be confined to the standards of competence of the individual seafarers on board and their skills related to watchkeeping as defined in part A of this Code. Onboard assessment of competency shall commence with verification of the certificates of the seafarers.
4 Notwithstanding verification of the certificate, the assessment under regulation I/4, paragraph 1.3 can require the seafarer to demonstrate the related competency at the place of duty. Such demonstration may include verification that operational requirements in respect of watchkeeping standards have been met and that there is a proper response to emergency situations within the seafarer’s level of competence.
5 In the assessment, only the methods for demonstrating competence together with the criteria for its evaluation and the scope of the standards given in part A of this Code shall be used.
6 Assessment of competency related to security shall be conducted for those seafarers with specific security duties only in case of clear grounds, as provided for in chapter XI/2 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS). In all other cases, it shall be confined to the verification of the certificates and/or endorsements of the seafarers.
Section A-I/5
National provisions
The provisions of regulation I/5 shall not be interpreted as preventing the allocation of tasks for training under supervision or in cases of force majeure.
Section A-I/6
Training and assessment
1 Each Party shall ensure that all training and assessment of seafarers for certification under the Convention is:
.1 structured in accordance with written programmes, including such methods and media of delivery, procedures, and course material as are necessary to achieve the prescribed standard of competence; and
.2 conducted, monitored, evaluated and supported by persons qualified in accordance with paragraphs 4, 5 and 6.
2 Persons conducting in-service training or assessment on board ship shall only do so when such training or assessment will not adversely affect the normal operation of the ship and they can dedicate their time and attention to training or assessment.
Qualifications of instructors, supervisors and assessors
3 Each Party shall ensure that instructors, supervisors and assessors are appropriately qualified for the particular types and levels of training or assessment of competence of seafarers either on board or ashore, as required under the Convention, in accordance with the provisions of this section.
In-service training
4 Any person conducting in-service training of a seafarer, either on board or ashore, which is intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention, shall:
.1 have an appreciation of the training programme and an understanding of the specific training objectives for the particular type of training being conducted;
.2 be qualified in the task for which training is being conducted; and
.3 if conducting training using a simulator:
.3.1 have received appropriate guidance in instructional techniques involving the use of simulators; and
.3.2 have gained practical operational experience on the particular type of simulator being used.
5 Any person responsible for the supervision of in-service training of a seafarer intended tobe used in qualifying for certification under the Convention shall have a full understanding of thetraining programme and the specific objectives for each type of training being conducted.
Assessment of competence
6 Any person conducting in-service assessment of competence of a seafarer, either on board or ashore, which is intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention, shall:
.1 have an appropriate level of knowledge and understanding of the competence to be assessed;
.2 be qualified in the task for which the assessment is being made;
.3 have received appropriate guidance in assessment methods and practice;
.4 have gained practical assessment experience; and
.5 if conducting assessment involving the use of simulators, have gained practical assessment experience on the particular type of simulator under the supervision and to the satisfaction of an experienced assessor.
Training and assessment within an institution
7 Each Party which recognizes a course of training, a training institution, or a qualification granted by a training institution, as part of its requirements for the issue of a certificate required under the Convention, shall ensure that the qualifications and experience of instructors and assessors are covered in the application of the quality standard provisions of section A-I/8. Such qualification, experience and application of quality standards shall incorporate appropriate training in instructional techniques, and training and assessment methods and practice, and shall comply with all applicable requirements of paragraphs 4 to 6.
Section A-I/7
Communication of information
1 The information required by regulation I/7, paragraph 1 shall be communicated to the Secretary-General in the formats prescribed in the paragraphs hereunder.
PART 1 – INITIAL COMMUNICATION OF INFORMATION
2 Within one calendar year of entry into force of regulation I/7, each Party shall report on the steps it has taken to give the Convention full and complete effect, which report shall include the following:
.1 contact details and organization chart of the ministry, department or governmental agency responsible for administering the Convention;
.2 a concise explanation of the legal and administrative measures provided and taken to ensure compliance, particularly with regulations I/2, I/6 and I/9;
.3 a clear statement of the education, training, examination, competency assessment and certification policies adopted;
.4 a concise summary of the courses, training programmes, examinations and assessments provided for each certificate issued pursuant to the Convention;
.5 a concise outline of the procedures followed to authorize, accredit or approve training and examinations, medical fitness and competency assessments required by the Convention, the conditions attached thereto, and a list of the authorizations, accreditations and approvals granted;
.6 a concise summary of the procedures followed in granting any dispensation under article VIII of the Convention; and
.7 the results of the comparison carried out pursuant to regulation I/11 and a concise outline of the refresher and upgrading training mandated.
PART 2 – SUBSEQUENT REPORTS
3 Each Party shall, within six months of:
.1 retaining or adopting any equivalent education or training arrangements pursuant to article IX, provide a full description of such arrangements;
.2 recognizing certificates issued by another Party, provide a report summarizing the measures taken to ensure compliance with regulation I/10; and
.3 authorizing the employment of seafarers holding alternative certificates issued under regulation VII/1 on ships entitled to fly its flag, provide the Secretary-General with a specimen copy of the type of safe manning documents issued to such ships.
4 Each Party shall report the results of each evaluation carried out pursuant to regulation I/8, paragraph 2 within six months of its completion. The report of the evaluation shall include thefollowing information:
.1 the qualifications and experience of those who conducted the evaluation; (e.g., certificates of competency held, experience as a seafarer and independent evaluator, experience in the field of maritime training and assessment, experience in the administration of certification systems, or any other relevant qualifications/experience);
.2 the terms of reference for the independent evaluation and those of the evaluators;
.3 a list of training institutions/centres covered by the independent evaluation; and
.4 the results of the independent evaluation, including:
.1 verification that:
.1.1 all applicable provisions of the Convention and STCW Code, including their amendments, are covered by the Party’s quality standards system in accordance with section A-I/8, paragraph 3.1; and
.1.2 all internal management control and monitoring measures and follow-up actions comply with planned arrangements and documented procedures and are effective in ensuring achievement of defined objectives in accordance with section A-I/8, paragraph 3.2;
.2 a brief description of:
.2.1 the non-conformities found, if any, during the independent evaluation,
.2.2 the corrective measures recommended to address the identified non-conformities, and
.2.3 the corrective measures carried out to address the identified non-conformities.
5 Parties shall report the steps taken to implement any subsequent mandatory amendments to the Convention and STCW Code, not previously included in the report on the initial communication of information pursuant to regulation I/7 or any previous report pursuant to regulation I/8. The information shall be included in the next report pursuant to regulation I/8, paragraph 3, following the entry into force of the amendment.
6 The information on the steps taken to implement mandatory amendments to the Convention and STCW Code shall include the following, where applicable:
.1 a concise explanation of the legal and administrative measures provided and taken to ensure compliance with the amendment;
.2 a concise summary of any courses, training programmes, examinations and assessments provided to comply with the amendment;
.3 a concise outline of the procedures followed to authorize, accredit or approve training and examinations, medical fitness and competency assessments required under the amendment;
.4 a concise outline of any refresher training and upgrading training required to meet the amendments; and
.5 a comparison between the measures to implement the amendment and existing measures contained in previous reports pursuant to regulation I/7, paragraph 1 and/or regulation I/8, paragraph 2 where applicable.
PART 3 – PANEL OF COMPETENT PERSONS
7 The Secretary-General shall maintain a list of competent persons approved by the Maritime Safety Committee, including competent persons made available or recommended by the Parties, who may be called upon to evaluate the reports submitted pursuant to regulation I/7 and regulation I/8 and may be called to assist in the preparation of the report required by regulation I/7, paragraph 2. These persons shall ordinarily be available during relevant sessions of the Maritime Safety Committee or its subsidiary bodies, but need not conduct their work solely during such sessions.
8 In relation to regulation I/7, paragraph 2, the competent persons shall be knowledgeable of the requirements of the Convention and at least one of them shall have knowledge of the system of training and certification of the Party concerned.
9 When a report is received from any Party under regulation I/8, paragraph 3, the Secretary-General will designate competent persons from the list maintained in accordance with paragraph 7 above, to consider the report and provide their views on whether:
.1 the report is complete and demonstrates that the Party has carried out an independent evaluation of the knowledge, understanding, skills and competence acquisition and assessment activities, and of the administration of the certification system (including endorsement and revalidation), in accordance with section A-I/8, paragraph 3;
.2 the report is sufficient to demonstrate that:
.2.1 the evaluators were qualified,
.2.2 the terms of reference were clear enough to ensure that:
.2.2.1 all applicable provisions of the Convention and STCW Code, including their amendments, are covered by the Party’s quality standards system; and
.2.2.2 the implementation of clearly defined objectives in accordance with regulation I/8, paragraph 1 could be verified over the full range of relevant activities,
.2.3 the procedures followed during the independent evaluation were appropriate to identify any significant non-conformities in the Party’s system of training, assessment of competence, and certification of seafarers, as may be applicable to the Party concerned, and
.2.4 the actions being taken to correct any noted non-conformities are timely and appropriate.
10 Any meeting of the competent persons shall:
.1 be held at the discretion of the Secretary-General;
.2 be comprised of an odd number of members, ordinarily not to exceed five persons;
.3 appoint its own chairman; and
.4 provide the Secretary-General with the agreed opinion of its members, or if no agreement is reached, with both the majority and minority views.
11 The competent persons shall, on a confidential basis, express their views in writing on:
.1 a comparison of the facts reported in the information communicated to the Secretary-General by the Party with all relevant requirements of the Convention;
.2 the report of any relevant evaluation submitted under regulation I/8, paragraph 3;
.3 the report of any steps taken to implement the amendments to the STCW Convention and Code submitted under paragraph 5; and
.4 any additional information provided by the Party.
PART 4 – REPORT TO THE MARITIME SAFETY COMMITTEE
12 In preparing the report to the Maritime Safety Committee required by regulation I/7, paragraph 2, the Secretary-General shall:
.1 solicit and take into account the views expressed by competent persons selected from the list established pursuant to paragraph 7;
.2 seek clarification, when necessary, from the Party of any matter related to the information provided under regulation I/7, paragraph 1; and
.3 identify any area in which the Party may have requested assistance to implement the Convention.
13 The Party concerned shall be informed of the arrangements for the meetings of competent persons, and its representatives shall be entitled to be present to clarify any matter related to the information provided pursuant to regulation I/7, paragraph 1.
14 If the Secretary-General is not in a position to submit the report called for by paragraph 2 of regulation I/7, the Party concerned may request the Maritime Safety Committee to take the action contemplated by paragraph 3 of regulation I/7, taking into account the information submitted pursuant to this section and the views expressed in accordance with paragraphs 10 and 11.
Section A-I/8
Quality standards
National objectives and quality standards
1 Each Party shall ensure that the education and training objectives and related standards of competence to be achieved are clearly defined and that the levels of knowledge, understanding and skills appropriate to the examinations and assessments required under the Convention are identified. The objectives and related quality standards may be specified separately for different courses and training programmes and shall cover the administration of the certification system.
2 The field of application of the quality standards shall cover the administration of the certification system, all training courses and programmes, examinations and assessments carried out by or under the authority of a Party and the qualifications and experience required of instructors and assessors, having regard to the policies, systems, controls and internal quality assurance reviews established to ensure achievement of the defined objectives.
3 Each Party shall ensure that an independent evaluation of the knowledge, understanding, skills and competence acquisition and assessment activities, and of the administration of the certification system, is conducted at intervals of not more than five years in order to verify that:
.1 all applicable provisions of the Convention and STCW Code, including their amendments, are covered by the quality standards system;
.2 all internal management control and monitoring measures and follow-up actions comply with planned arrangements and documented procedures and are effective in ensuring achievement of the defined objectives;
.3 the results of each independent evaluation are documented and brought to the attention of those responsible for the area evaluated; and
.4 timely action is taken to correct deficiencies.
Section A-I/9
Medical standards
1 Parties, when establishing standards of medical fitness for seafarers as required by regulation I/9, shall adhere to the minimum in-service eyesight standards set out in table A-I/9 and take into account the criteria for physical and medical fitness set out in paragraph 2. They should also take into account the guidance given in section B-I/9 of this Code and table B-I/9 regarding assessment of minimum physical abilities.
These standards may, to the extent determined by the Party without prejudice to the safety of the seafarers or the ship, differentiate between those persons seeking to start a career at sea and those seafarers already serving at sea and between different functions on board, bearing in mind the different duties of seafarers. They shall also take into account any impairment or disease that will limit the ability of the seafarer to effectively perform his/her duties during the validity period of the medical certificate.
2 The standards of physical and medical fitness established by the Party shall ensure that seafarers satisfy the following criteria:
.1 have the physical capability, taking into account paragraph 5 below, to fulfil all the requirements of the basic training as required by section A-VI/1, paragraph 2;
.2 demonstrate adequate hearing and speech to communicate effectively and detect any audible alarms;
.3 have no medical condition, disorder or impairment that will prevent the effective and safe conduct of their routine and emergency duties on board during the validity period of the medical certificate;
.4 are not suffering from any medical condition likely to be aggravated by service at sea or to render the seafarer unfit for such service or to endanger the health and safety of other persons on board; and
.5 are not taking any medication that has side effects that will impair judgment, balance, or any other requirements for effective and safe performance of routine and emergency duties on board.
3 Medical fitness examinations of seafarers shall be conducted by appropriately qualified and experienced medical practitioners recognized by the Party.
4 Each Party shall establish provisions for recognizing medical practitioners. A register of recognized medical practitioners shall be maintained by the Party and made available to other Parties, companies and seafarers on request.
5 Each Party shall provide guidance for the conduct of medical fitness examinations and issuing of medical certificates, taking into account provisions set out in section B-I/9 of this Code. Each Party shall determine the amount of discretion given to recognized medical practitioners on the application of the medical standards, bearing in mind the different duties of seafarers, except that there shall not be discretion with respect to the minimum eyesight standards for distance vision aided, near/immediate vision and colour vision in table A-I/9 for seafarers in the deck department required to undertake look-out duties. A Party may allow discretion on the application of these standards with regard to seafarers in the engine department, on the condition that seafarers’ combined vision fulfils the requirements set out in table A-I/9.
6 Each Party shall establish processes and procedures to enable seafarers who, after examination, do not meet the medical fitness standards or have had a limitation imposed on their ability to work, in particular with respect to time, field of work or trading area, to have their case reviewed in line with that Party’s provisions for appeal.
7 The medical certificate provided for in regulation I/9, paragraph 3 shall include the following information as a minimum:
.1 Authorizing authority and the requirements under which the document is issued
.2 Seafarer information
.2.1 Name: (Last, first, middle)
.2.2 Date of birth: (day/month/year)
.2.3 Gender: (Male/Female)
.2.4 Nationality
.3 Declaration of the recognized medical practitioner
.3.1 Confirmation that identification documents were checked at the point of examination: Y/N
.3.2 Hearing meets the standards in section A-I/9: Y/N
.3.3 Unaided hearing satisfactory? Y/N
.3.4 Visual acuity meets standards in section A-I/9? Y/N
.3.5 Colour vision meets standards in section A-I/9? Y/N
.3.5.1 Date of last colour vision test.
.3.6 Fit for look-out duties? Y/N
.3.7 No limitations or restrictions on fitness? Y/N
If “N”, specify limitations or restrictions.
.3.8 Is the seafarer free from any medical condition likely to be aggravated by service at sea or to render the seafarer unfit for such service or to endanger the health of other persons on board? Y/N
.3.9 Date of examination: (day/month/year)
.3.10 Expiry date of certificate: (day/month/year)
.4 Details of the issuing authority
.4.1 Official stamp (including name) of the issuing authority
.4.2 Signature of the authorized person
.5 Seafarer’s signature – confirming that the seafarer has been informed of the content of the certificate and of the right to a review in accordance with paragraph 6 of section A-I/9
8 Medical certificates shall be in the official language of the issuing country. If the language used is not English, the text shall include a translation into that language.
|
STCW Convention regulation |
Category of seafarer |
Distance vision Aided1 |
Near/immediate vision |
Colour vision3 |
Visual fields4 |
Night blindness4 |
Diplopia (double vision)4 |
|
|
One eye |
Other eye |
Both eyes together, aided or unaided |
||||||
|
I/11 |
Masters, deck officers and ratings required to undertake look-out duties |
0.52 |
0.5 |
Vision required for ship’s navigation (e.g., chart and nautical publication reference, use of bridge instrumentation and equipment, and |
See Note 6 |
Normal Visual fields |
Vision required to perform all necessary functions in darkness without compromise |
No significant condition evident |
|
I/11 |
All engineer officers, electro-technical officers, electro-technical ratings and ratings or others forming part of an engine-room watch |
0.45 |
0.4 |
Vision required to read instruments in close proximity, to operate equipment, and to identify systems/components as necessary |
See Note 7 |
Sufficient |
Vision required to perform all necessary functions in darkness without compromise |
No significant condition evident |
|
I/11 |
GMDSS Radio operators |
0.4 |
0.4 |
Vision required to read instruments in close proximity, to operate equipment, and to identify systems/components as necessary |
See Note 7 |
Sufficient visual fields |
Vision required to perform all necessary functions in darkness without compromise |
No significant |
Notes:
Section A-I/10
Recognition of certificates
1 The provisions of regulation I/10, paragraph 4 regarding the non-recognition of certificates issued by a non-Party shall not be construed as preventing a Party, when issuing its own certificate, from accepting seagoing service, education and training acquired under the authority of a non-Party, provided the Party complies with regulation I/2 in issuing each such certificate and ensures that the requirements of the Convention relating to seagoing service, education, training and competence are complied with.
2 Where an Administration which has recognized a certificate withdraws its endorsement of recognition for disciplinary reasons, the Administration shall inform the Party that issued the certificate of the circumstances.
Section A-I/11
Revalidation of certificates
Professional competence
1 Continued professional competence as required under regulation I/11 shall be established by:
1 approved seagoing service, performing functions appropriate to the certificate held, for a period of at least:
.1.1 twelve months in total during the preceding five years, or
.1.2 three months in total during the preceding six months immediately prior to revalidating; or
.2 having performed functions considered to be equivalent to the seagoing service required in paragraph 1.1; or
.3 passing an approved test; or
.4 successfully completing an approved training course or courses; or
.5 having completed approved seagoing service, performing functions appropriate to the certificate held, for a period of not less than three months in a supernumerary capacity, or in a lower officer rank than that for which the certificate held is valid immediately prior to taking up the rank for which it is valid.
2 The refresher and updating courses required by regulation I/11 shall be approved and include changes in relevant national and international regulations concerning the safety of life at sea, security and the protection of the marine environment and take account of any updating of the standard of competence concerned.
3 Continued professional competence for tankers as required under regulation I/11, paragraph 3 shall be established by:
.1 approved seagoing service, performing duties appropriate to the tanker certificate or endorsement held, for a period of at least 3 months in total during the preceding 5 years; or
.2 successfully completing an approved relevant training course or courses.
Section A-I/12
Standards governing the use of simulators
PART 1 — PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
General performance standards for simulators used in training
1 Each Party shall ensure that any simulator used for mandatory simulator-based training shall:
.1 be suitable for the selected objectives and training tasks;
.2 be capable of simulating the operating capabilities of shipboard equipment concerned, to a level of physical realism appropriate to training objectives, and include the capabilities, limitations and possible errors of such equipment;
.3 have sufficient behavioural realism to allow a trainee to acquire the skills appropriate to the training objectives;
.4 provide a controlled operating environment, capable of producing a variety of conditions, which may include emergency, hazardous or unusual situations relevant to the training objectives;
.5 provide an interface through which a trainee can interact with the equipment, the simulated environment and, as appropriate, the instructor; and
.6 permit an instructor to control, monitor and record exercises for the effective debriefing of trainees.
General performance standards for simulators used in assessment of competence
2 Each Party shall ensure that any simulator used for the assessment of competence required under the Convention or for any demonstration of continued proficiency so required shall:
.1 be capable of satisfying the specified assessment objectives;
.2 be capable of simulating the operational capabilities of the shipboard equipment concerned to a level of physical realism appropriate to the assessment objectives, and include the capabilities, limitations and possible errors of such equipment;
.3 have sufficient behavioural realism to allow a candidate to exhibit the skills appropriate to the assessment objectives;
.4 provide an interface through which a candidate can interact with the equipment and simulated environment;
.5 provide a controlled operating environment, capable of producing a variety of conditions, which may include emergency, hazardous or unusual situations relevant to assessment objectives; and
.6 permit an assessor to control, monitor and record exercises for the effective assessment of the performance of candidates.
Additional performance standards
3 In addition to meeting the basic requirements set out in paragraphs 1 and 2, simulation equipment to which this section applies shall meet the performance standards given hereunder in accordance with their specific type.
Radar simulation
4 Radar simulation equipment shall be capable of simulating the operational capabilities of navigational radar equipment which meets all applicable performance standards adopted by the Organization* and incorporate facilities to:
.1 operate in the stabilized relative-motion mode and sea- and ground-stabilized true-motion modes;
.2 model weather, tidal streams, current, shadow sectors, spurious echoes and other propagation effects, and generate coastlines, navigational buoys and search and rescue transponders; and
.3 create a real-time operating environment incorporating at least two own-ship stations with ability to change own ship’s course and speed, and include parameters for at least 20 target ships and appropriate communication facilities.
Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) simulation
5 ARPA simulation equipment shall be capable of simulating the operational capabilities of ARPAs which meet all applicable performance standards adopted by the Organization , and shall incorporate the facilities for:
.1 manual and automatic target acquisition;
.2 past track information;
.3 use of exclusion areas;
.4 vector/graphic time-scale and data display; and
.5 trial manoeuvres.
PART 2 — OTHER PROVISIONS
Simulator training objectives
6 Each Party shall ensure that the aims and objectives of simulator-based training are defined within an overall training programme and that specific training objectives and tasks are selected so as to relate as closely as possible to shipboard tasks and practices.
Training procedures
7 In conducting mandatory simulator-based training, instructors shall ensure that:
.1 trainees are adequately briefed beforehand on the exercise objectives and tasks and are given sufficient planning time before the exercise starts;
.2 trainees have adequate familiarization time on the simulator and with its equipment before any training or assessment exercise commences;
.3 guidance given and exercise stimuli are appropriate to the selected exercise objectives and tasks and to the level of trainee experience;
.4 exercises are effectively monitored, supported as appropriate by audio and visual observation of trainee activity and pre- and post-exercise evaluation reports;
.5 trainees are effectively debriefed to ensure that training objectives have been met and that operational skills demonstrated are of an acceptable standard;
.6 the use of peer assessment during debriefing is encouraged; and
.7 simulator exercises are designed and tested so as to ensure their suitability for the specified training objectives.
Assessment procedures
8 Where simulators are used to assess the ability of candidates to demonstrate levels of competency, assessors shall ensure that:
.1 performance criteria are identified clearly and explicitly and are valid and available to the candidates;
.2 assessment criteria are established clearly and are explicit to ensure reliability and uniformity of assessment and to optimize objective measurement and evaluation, so that subjective judgements are kept to the minimum;
.3 candidates are briefed clearly on the tasks and/or skills to be assessed and on the tasks and performance criteria by which their competency will be determined;
.4 assessment of performance takes into account normal operating procedures and any behavioural interaction with other candidates on the simulator or with simulator staff;
.5 scoring or grading methods to assess performance are used with caution until they have been validated; and
.6 the prime criterion is that a candidate demonstrates the ability to carry out a task safely and effectively to the satisfaction of the assessor.
Qualifications of instructors and assessors
9 Each Party shall ensure that instructors and assessors are appropriately qualified and experienced for the particular types and levels of training and corresponding assessment of competence as specified in regulation I/6 and section A-I/6.
Section A-I/13
Conduct of trials
(No provisions)
Section A-I/14
Responsibilities of companies
1 Companies, masters and crew members each have responsibility for ensuring that the obligations set out in this section are given full and complete effect and that such other measures as may be necessary are taken to ensure that each crew member can make a knowledgeable and informed contribution to the safe operation of the ship.
2 The company shall provide written instructions to the master of each ship to which the Convention applies, setting forth the policies and the procedures to be followed to ensure that all seafarers who are newly employed on board the ship are given a reasonable opportunity to become familiar with the shipboard equipment, operating procedures and other arrangements needed for the proper performance of their duties, before being assigned to those duties. Such policies and procedures shall include:
.1 allocation of a reasonable period of time during which each newly employed seafarer will have an opportunity to become acquainted with:
.1.1 the specific equipment the seafarer will be using or operating;
.1.2 ship-specific watchkeeping, safety, environmental protection, security and emergency procedures and arrangements the seafarer needs to know to perform the assigned duties properly; and
.2 designation of a knowledgeable crew member who will be responsible for ensuring that an opportunity is provided to each newly employed seafarer to receive essential information in a language the seafarer understands.
3 Companies shall ensure that masters, officers and other personnel assigned specific duties and responsibilities on board their ro-ro passenger ships shall have completed familiarization training to attain the abilities that are appropriate to the capacity to be filled and duties and responsibilities to be taken up, taking into account the guidance given in section B-I/14 of this Code.
Section A-I/15
Transitional provisions
(No provisions)
Section A-II/1
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be required to demonstrate the competence to undertake, at the operational level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-II/1;
.2 at least hold the appropriate certificate for performing VHF radiocommunications in accordance with the requirements of the Radio Regulations; and
.3 if designated to have primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents, hold the appropriate certificate issued or recognized under the provisions of the Radio Regulations.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification is listed in column 2 of table A-II/1.
3 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-II/1 shall be sufficient for officers of the watch to carry out their watchkeeping duties.
4 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall be based on section A-VIII/2, part 4-1 – Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch – and shall also take into account the relevant requirements of this part and the guidance given in part B of this Code.
5 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-II/1.
Onboard training
6 Every candidate for certification as officer in charge of a navigational watch of ships of 500 gross tonnage or more whose seagoing service, in accordance with paragraph 2.2 of regulation II/1, forms part of a training programme approved as meeting the requirements of this section shall follow an approved programme of onboard training which:
.1 ensures that, during the required period of seagoing service, the candidate receives systematic practical training and experience in the tasks, duties and responsibilities of an officer in charge of a navigational watch, taking into account the guidance given in section B-II/1 of this Code;
.2 is closely supervised and monitored by qualified officers aboard the ships in which the approved seagoing service is performed; and
.3 is adequately documented in a training record book or similar document.
Near-coastal voyages
7 The following subjects may be omitted from those listed in column 2 of table A-II/1 for issue of restricted certificates for service on near-coastal voyages, bearing in mind the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters:
.1 celestial navigation; and
.2 those electronic systems of position fixing and navigation that do not cover the waters for which the certificate is to be valid.
Function: Navigation at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Plan and conduct a passage and determine position |
Celestial navigation |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The information obtained from nautical charts and publications is relevant, interpreted correctly and properly applied. All potential navigational hazards are accurately identified |
|
Electronic systems of position fixing and navigation Ability to determine the ship’s position by use of electronic navigational aids Echo-sounders Ability to operate the equipment and apply the information correctly Compass – magnetic and gyro Knowledge of the principles of magnetic and gyro-compasses |
Performance checks and tests to navigation systems comply with manufacturer’s recommendations and good navigational practice |
||
|
Ability to determine errors of the magnetic and gyro-compasses, using celestial and terrestrial means, and to allow for such errors |
Errors in magnetic and gyro--compasses are determined and correctly applied to courses and bearings |
||
|
Steering control system Knowledge of steering control systems, operational procedures and change-over from manual to automatic control and vice versa. Adjustment of controls for optimum performance |
The selection of the mode of steering is the most suitable for the prevailing weather, sea and traffic conditions and intended manoeuvres |
||
|
Meteorology |
Measurements and observations of weather conditions are accurate and appropriate to the passage |
||
| Ability to apply the meteorological information available | Meteorological information is correctly interpreted and applied | ||
|
Maintain a safe navigational watch |
Watchkeeping |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The conduct, handover and relief of the watch conforms with accepted principles and procedures |
|
Bridge resource management Knowledge of bridge resource management principles, including: .1 allocation, assignment, and prioritization of resources .2 effective communication .3 assertiveness and leadership .4 obtaining and maintaining situational awareness .5 consideration of team experience |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: .1 approved training .2 approved in-service experience .3 approved simulator training |
Resources are allocated and assigned as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks Team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel state, navigation path, and external environment |
|
|
Use of radar and ARPA to maintain safety of navigation |
Radar navigation |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved radar simulator and ARPA simulator plus in- -service experience |
Information obtained from radar and ARPA is correctly interpreted and analysed, taking into account the limitations of the equipment and prevailing circumstances and conditions |
|
Use, including: .1 range and bearing; course and speed of other ships; time and distance of closest approach of crossing, meeting overtaking ships .2 identification of critical echoes; detecting course and speed changes of other ships; effect of changes in own ship’s course or speed or both .3 application of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended .4 plotting techniques and relative- and true-motion concepts .5 parallel indexing Principal types of ARPA, their display characteristics, performance standards and the dangers of over-reliance on ARPA |
Action taken to avoid a close encounter or collision with other vessels is in accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended Decisions to amend course and/or speed are both timely and in accordance with accepted navigation practice Adjustments made to the ship’s course and speed maintain safety of navigation Communication is clear, concise and acknowledged at all times in a seamanlike manner Manoeuvring signals are made at the appropriate time and are in accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended |
||
|
Use of ECDIS to maintain the safety of navigation |
Navigation using ECDIS |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Monitors information on ECDIS in a manner that contributes to safe navigation |
|
Proficiency in operation, interpretation, and analysis of information obtained from ECDIS, including: |
Safety of navigation is maintained through adjustments made to the ship’s course and speed through ECDIS-controlled track-keeping functions (when fitted) |
||
|
Respond to emergencies |
Emergency procedures |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The type and scale of the emergency is promptly identified |
|
Respond to a distress signal at sea |
Search and rescue |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction or approved simulator training, where appropriate |
The distress or emergency signal is immediately recognized |
|
Use the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases and use English in written and oral form |
English language |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction |
English language nautical publications and messages relevant to the safety of the ship are correctly interpreted or drafted |
|
Transmit and |
Visual signalling |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction and/or simulation |
Communications within the operator’s area of responsibility are consistently successful |
|
Manoeuvre the ship |
Ship manoeuvring and handling |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Safe operating limits of ship propulsion, steering and power systems are not exceeded in normal manoeuvres |
Function: Cargo handling and stowage at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Monitor the loading, stowage, securing, care during the voyage and the unloading of cargoes |
Cargo handling, stowage and securing |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Cargo operations are carried out in accordance with the cargo plan or other documents and established safety rules/regulations, equipment operating instructions and shipboard stowage limitations |
|
Inspect and report defects and damage to cargo spaces, hatch covers and ballast tanks |
Knowledge and ability to explain where to look for damage and defects most commonly encountered due to: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The inspections are carried out in accordance with |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Ensure compliance with pollution-prevention |
Prevention of pollution of the marine environment and
anti-pollution procedures |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures for monitoring shipboard operations and ensuring compliance with MARPOL requirements are fully observed |
|
Maintain seaworthiness of the ship |
Ship stability |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The stability conditions comply with the IMO intact stability criteria under all conditions of loading |
|
Prevent, control and fight fires on board |
Fire prevention and fire-fighting appliances |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved fire-fighting training |
The type and scale of the problem is promptly identified and initial actions conform with the emergency procedure and contingency plans for the ship |
|
Operate life-saving appliances |
Life-saving |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4 |
Actions in responding to abandon ship and survival situations are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and comply with accepted safety practices and standards |
|
Apply medical first aid on board ship |
Medical aid |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training as set out in section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 |
The identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or conditions is prompt and treatment minimizes immediate threat to life |
|
Monitor compliance with legislative requirements |
Basic working knowledge of the relevant IMO conventions concerning safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from examination or |
Legislative requirements relating to safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment are correctly identified |
|
Application of leadership and teamworking skills |
Working knowledge of shipboard personnel management and training |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned |
|
Contribute to the safety of personnel and ship |
Knowledge of personal survival techniques |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in section |
Appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used |
Section A-II/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of masters and chief mates on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for certification as master or chief mate of ships of 500 gross tonnage or more shall be required to demonstrate the competence to undertake, at the management level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-II/2.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification is listed in column 2 of table A-II/2. This incorporates, expands and extends in depth the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-II/1 for officers in charge of a navigational watch.
3 Bearing in mind that the master has ultimate responsibility for the safety and security of the ship, its passengers, crew and cargo, and for the protection of the marine environment against pollution by the ship, and that a chief mate shall be in a position to assume that responsibility at any time, assessment in these subjects shall be designed to test their ability to assimilate all available information that affects the safety and security of the ship, its passengers, crew or cargo, or the protection of the marine environment.
4 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-II/2 shall be sufficient to enable the candidate to serve in the capacity of master or chief mate
5 The level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency required under the different sections in column 2 of table A-II/2 may be varied according to whether the certificate is to be valid for ships of 3,000 gross tonnage or more or for ships of between 500 gross tonnage and 3,000 gross tonnage.
6 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall take into account the relevant requirements of this part and the guidance given in part B of this Code.
7 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-II/2.
Near-coastal voyages
8 An Administration may issue a certificate restricted to service on ships engaged exclusively on near-coastal voyages and, for the issue of such a certificate, may exclude such subjects as are not applicable to the waters or ships concerned, bearing in mind the effect on the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters.
Function: Navigation at the management level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Plan a voyage and conduct navigation |
Voyage planning and navigation for all conditions by acceptable methods of plotting ocean tracks, taking into account, e.g.: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The equipment, charts and nautical publications required for the voyage are enumerated and appropriate to the safe conduct of the voyage |
|
Determine position and the accuracy of resultant position fix by any means |
Position determination in all conditions: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The primary method chosen for fixing the ship’s position is the most appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions |
|
navigational aids, with specific knowledge of their operating principles, limitations, sources of error, detection of misrepresentation of information and methods of correction to obtain accurate position fixing |
using: |
within accepted accuracy levels |
|
|
Determine and allow for compass errors |
Ability to determine and allow for errors of the magnetic and gyro-compasses |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The method and frequency of checks for errors of magnetic and gyro- compasses ensures accuracy of information |
|
Coordinate search and rescue operations |
A thorough knowledge of and ability to apply the procedures contained in the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The plan for coordinating search and rescue operations is in accordance with international guidelines and standards |
|
.2 approved simulator training, where appropriate |
|||
|
Establish watchkeeping arrangements and procedures |
Thorough knowledge of content, application and intent of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Watchkeeping arrangements and procedures are established and maintained in compliance with international regulations and guidelines so as to ensure the safety of navigation, protection of the marine environment and safety of the ship and persons on board |
|
Maintain safe navigation through the use of information from navigation equipment and systems to assist command decision making |
An appreciation of system errors and thorough understanding of the operational aspects of navigational systems |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved ARPA simulator and one or more of the following: |
Information obtained from navigation equipment and systems is correctly interpreted and analysed, taking into account the limitations of the equipment and prevailing circumstances and conditions |
|
Maintain the safety of navigation through the use of ECDIS and associated navigation systems to assist command decision making |
Management of operational procedures, system files and data, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one of the following: |
Operational procedures for using ECDIS are established, applied, and monitored |
|
.5 create and maintain route plan files in accordance with established procedures |
|||
|
Forecast weather and oceanographic conditions |
Ability to understand and interpret a synoptic chart and to forecast area weather, taking into account local weather conditions and information received by weather fax |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The likely weather conditions predicted for a determined period are based on all available information |
|
Respond to navigational emergencies |
Precautions when beaching a ship |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction, in-service experience and practical drills in emergency procedures |
The type and scale of any problem is promptly identified and decisions and actions minimize the effects of any malfunction of the ship’s systems |
|
Manoeuvre and handle a ship in all conditions |
Manoeuvring and handling a ship in all conditions, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
All decisions concerning berthing and anchoring are based on a proper assessment of the ship’s manoeuvring and engine characteristics and the forces to be expected while berthed alongside or lying at anchor |
|
.9 choice of anchorage; anchoring with one or two anchors in limited anchorages and factors involved in determining the length of anchor cable to be used |
|||
|
.13 precautions in manoeuvring to launch rescue boats or survival craft in bad weather |
|||
|
Operate remote controls of propulsion plant and engineering systems and services |
Operating principles of marine power plants |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Plant, auxiliary machinery and equipment is operated in accordance with |
Function: Cargo handling and stowage at the management level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Plan and ensure safe loading, stowage, securing, care during the voyage and unloading of cargoes |
Knowledge of and ability to apply relevant international regulations, codes and standards concerning the safe handling, stowage, securing and transport of cargoes |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The frequency and extent of cargo condition monitoring is appropriate to its nature and prevailing conditions |
|
Use of stability and trim diagrams and stress-calculating equipment, including automatic |
Cargo operations are planned and executed in accordance with established procedures and legislative requirements |
||
|
Stowage and securing of cargoes on board ships, including cargo--handling gear and securing and lashing equipment |
|||
|
Assess reported defects and damage to cargo spaces, hatch covers and ballast tanks and take appropriate action |
Knowledge of the limitations on strength of the vital constructional parts of a standard bulk carrier and ability to interpret given figures for bending moments and shear forces |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Evaluations are based on accepted principles, |
|
Carriage of dangerous goods |
International regulations, standards, codes and recommendations on the carriage of dangerous cargoes, including the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code and the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Planned distribution of cargo is based on reliable information and is in accordance with established guidelines and legislative requirements |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the management level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Control trim, stability and stress |
Understanding of fundamental principles of ship construction and the theories and factors affecting trim and stability and measures necessary to preserve trim and stability |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Stability and stress conditions are maintained within safe limits at all times |
|
Monitor and |
Knowledge of international maritime law embodied in international agreements and conventions |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures for monitoring operations and maintenance comply with legislative requirements |
|
.7 methods and aids to prevent pollution of the marine environment by ships |
|||
|
Maintain safety and security of the ship’s crew and passengers and the operational condition of life-saving, fire--fighting and other safety systems |
Thorough knowledge of life-saving appliance regulations (International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea) |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction and approved in--service training and experience |
Procedures for monitoring |
|
Develop emergency and damage control plans and handle emergency situations |
Preparation of contingency plans for response to emergencies |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved in-service training and experience |
Emergency procedures are in accordance with the established plans for emergency situations |
|
Use of leadership and managerial skill |
Knowledge of shipboard personnel management and training |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned |
|
.3 time and resource constraints |
Operations are demonstrated to be in accordance with applicable rules |
||
|
Organize and manage the provision of medical care on board |
A thorough knowledge of the use and contents of the following publications: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved training |
Actions taken and procedures followed correctly apply and make full use of advice available |
Section A-II/3
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch and of masters on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage, engaged on near-coastal voyages
OFFICER IN CHARGE OF A NAVIGATIONAL WATCH
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for certification shall:
.1 be required to demonstrate the competence to undertake, at operational level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-II/3;
.2 at least hold the appropriate certificate for performing VHF radiocommunications in accordance with the requirements of the Radio Regulations; and
.3 if designated to have primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents, hold the appropriate certificate issued or recognized under the provisions of the Radio Regulations.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification is listed in column 2 of table A-II/3.
3 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-II/3 shall be sufficient to enable the candidate to serve in the capacity of officer in charge of a navigational watch.
4 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall be based on section A-VIII/2, part 4-1 – Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch, and shall also take into account the relevant requirements of this part and the guidance given in part B of this Code.
5 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-II/3.
Special training
6 Every candidate for certification as officer in charge of a navigational watch on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage, engaged on near-coastal voyages, who, in accordance with paragraph 4.2.1 of regulation II/3, is required to have completed special training, shall follow an approved programme of onboard training which:
..1 ensures that, during the required period of seagoing service, the candidate receives systematic practical training and experience in the tasks, duties and responsibilities of an officer in charge of a navigational watch, taking into account the guidance given in section B-II/1 of this Code;
.2 is closely supervised and monitored by qualified officers on board the ships in which the approved seagoing service is performed; and
.3 is adequately documented in a training record book or similar document.
MASTER
7 Every candidate for certification as master on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage, engaged on near-coastal voyages, shall meet the requirements for an officer in charge of a navigational watch set out below and, in addition, shall be required to provide evidence of knowledge and ability to carry out all the duties of such a master.
Function: Navigation at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Plan and conduct a coastal passage and determine position |
Navigation |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Information obtained from nautical charts and publications is relevant, interpreted correctly and properly applied |
|
Thorough knowledge of and ability to use nautical charts and publications, such as sailing directions, tide tables, notices to mariners, radio navigational warnings and ships’ routeing information |
using: chart catalogues, charts, nautical publications, radio navigational warnings, sextant, azimuth mirror, electronic navigation equipment, echo-sounding equipment, compass |
The reliability of the information obtained from the primary method of position fixing is checked at appropriate intervals |
|
|
|
|||
|
Navigational aids and equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved radar simulator |
Performance checks and tests of navigation systems comply with manufacturer’s recommendations, good navigational practice and IMO resolutions on performance standards for navigational equipment |
|
|
Compasses |
Interpretation and analysis of information obtained from radar is in accordance with accepted navigational practice and takes account of the |
||
|
Maintain a safe navigational watch |
Watchkeeping |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The conduct, handover and relief of the watch conforms with accepted principles and procedures |
|
Action to avoid close encounters and collision with other vessels is in accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended |
|||
|
Respond to emergencies |
Emergency procedures, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The type and scale of the emergency is promptly identified |
|
Respond to a distress signal at sea |
Search and rescue |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction or approved simulator training, where appropriate |
The distress or emergency signal is immediately recognized |
|
Manoeuvre the ship and operate small ship power plants |
Ship manoeuvring and handling |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Safe operating limits of ship propulsion, steering and power systems are not exceeded in normal manoeuvres |
Function: Cargo handling and stowage at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Monitor the loading, stowage, securing and unloading of cargoes and their care during the voyage |
Cargo handling, stowage and securing |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Cargo operations are carried out in accordance with the cargo plan or other documents and established safety rules/regulations, equipment operating instructions and shipboard stowage limitations |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Ensure compliance with pollution-prevention requirements |
Prevention of pollution of the marine environment and
anti-pollution procedures |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures for monitoring shipboard operations and ensuring compliance with MARPOL requirements are fully observed |
|
Maintain seaworthiness of the ship |
Ship stability |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The stability conditions comply with the IMO intact stability criteria under all conditions of loading |
|
Prevent, control and fight fires on board |
Fire prevention and fire-fighting appliances |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved fire-fighting training and experience as set out in section A-VI/3 |
The type and scale of the problem is promptly identified and initial actions conform with the emergency procedure and contingency plans for the ship |
|
Operate life-saving appliances |
Life-saving |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4 |
Actions in responding to abandon ship and survival situations are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and comply with accepted safety practices and standards |
|
Apply medical first aid on board ship |
Medical aid |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training as set out in section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 |
The identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or conditions is prompt and treatment minimizes immediate threat to life |
|
Monitor compliance with legislative requirements |
Basic working knowledge of the relevant IMO conventions concerning safety of life at sea, security and protection |
Assessment of evidence obtained from examination or approved training |
Legislative requirements relating to safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment are correctly identified |
|
Contribute to the safety of personnel and ship |
Knowledge of personal survival techniques |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experiences as set out in |
Appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used |
Section A-II/4
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings forming part of a navigational watch
Standard of competence
1 Every rating forming part of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tonnage or more shall be required to demonstrate the competence to perform the navigation function at the support level, as specified in column 1 of table A-II/4.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required of ratings forming part of a navigational watch on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tonnage or more is listed in column 2 of table A-II/4.
3 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of table A-II/4. The reference to “practical test” in column 3 may include approved shore-based training in which the trainees undergo practical testing.
4 Where there are no tables of competence for the support level in respect to certain functions, it remains the responsibility of the Administration to determine the appropriate training, assessment and certification requirements to be applied to personnel designated to perform those functions at the support level.
Function: Navigation at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Steer the ship and also comply with helm orders in the English language |
Use of magnetic and gyro-compasses |
Assessment of evidence obtained from: |
A steady course is steered within acceptable limits, having regard to the area of navigation and prevailing sea state. Alterations of course are smooth and controlled |
|
Keep a proper look-out by sight and hearing |
Responsibilities of a look-out, including reporting the approximate bearing of a sound signal, light or other object in degrees or points |
Assessment of evidence obtained from: |
Sound signals, lights and other objects are promptly detected and their approximate bearing, in degrees or points, is reported to the officer of the watch |
|
Contribute to monitoring and controlling a safe watch |
Shipboard terms and definitions |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved in-service experience or approved training ship experience |
Communications are clear and concise and advice/clarification is sought from the officer on watch where watch information or instructions are not clearly understood |
|
Operate emergency equipment and apply emergency procedures |
Knowledge of emergency duties and alarm signals |
Assessment of evidence obtained from demonstration and approved in-service experience or approved training ship experience |
Initial action on becoming aware of an emergency or abnormal situation is in conformity with established practices and procedures |
Section A-II/5
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer deck
Standard of competence
1 Every able seafarer deck serving on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tonnage or more shall be required to demonstrate the competence to perform the functions at the support level, as specified in column 1 of table A-II/5.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required of an able seafarer deck serving on a seagoing ship of 500 gross tonnage or more is listed in column 2 of table A-II/5.
3 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of table A-II/5.
Function: Navigation at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to a safe navigational watch |
Ability to understand orders and to communicate with the officer of the watch on matters relevant to watchkeeping |
Assessment of evidence obtained from in-service experience or practical test |
Communications are clear and concise |
|
Procedures for the relief, maintenance and handover of a watch |
Maintenance, handover and relief of the watch is in conformity with acceptable practices and procedures |
||
|
Contribute to berthing, anchoring and other mooring operations |
Working knowledge of the mooring system and related procedures, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are carried out in accordance with established safety practices and equipment operating instructions |
Function: Cargo handling and stowage at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to the handling of cargo and stores |
Knowledge of procedures for safe handling, stowage and securing of cargoes and stores, including dangerous, |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Cargo and stores operations are carried out in |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to the safe operation of deck equipment and machinery |
Knowledge of deck equipment, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are carried out in accordance with established safety practices and equipment operating instructions |
|
.6 ability to operate anchoring equipment under various conditions, such as anchoring, weighing anchor, securing for sea, and in emergencies |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration |
Equipment operation is safely carried out in accordance with established procedures |
|
|
Apply |
Working knowledge of safe working practices and personal shipboard safety including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times |
|
Apply precautions and contribute to the prevention of pollution of the marine environment |
Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard the marine environment are observed at all times |
|
Operate survival craft and rescue boats |
Knowledge of the operation of survival craft and rescue boats, their launching appliances and arrangements, and their equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in section A-VI/2, paragraphs 1 to 4 |
Actions in responding to abandon ship and survival situations are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and comply with accepted safety practices and standards |
Function: Maintenance and repair at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to shipboard maintenance and repair |
Ability to use painting, lubrication and cleaning materials and equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration |
Maintenance and repair activities are carried out in accordance with technical, safety and procedural specifications |
|
Knowledge of surface preparation techniques |
|
Section A-III/1
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or as designated duty engineers in a periodically unmanned engine-room
Training
1 The education and training required by paragraph 2.4 of regulation III/1 shall include training in mechanical and electrical workshop skills relevant to the duties of an engineer officer.
Onboard training
2 Every candidate for certification as officer in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or as designated duty engineer in a periodically unmanned engine-room of ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW or more whose seagoing service, in accordance with paragraph 2.2 of regulation III/1, forms part of a training programme approved as meeting the requirements of this section shall follow an approved programme of onboard training which:
.1 ensures that, during the required period of seagoing service, the candidate receives systematic practical training and experience in the tasks, duties and responsibilities of an officer in charge of an engine-room watch, taking into account the guidance given in section B-III/1 of this Code;
.2 is closely supervised and monitored by a qualified and certificated engineer officer aboard the ships in which the approved seagoing service is performed; and
.3 is adequately documented in a training record book.
Standard of competence
3 Every candidate for certification as officer in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or as designated duty engineer in a periodically unmanned engine-room on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more shall be required to demonstrate ability to undertake, at the operational level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-III/1.
4 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification is listed in column 2 of table A-III/1.
5 The level of knowledge of the material listed in column 2 of table A-III/1 shall be sufficient for engineer officers to carry out their watchkeeping duties.
6 Training and experience to achieve the necessary theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall be based on section A-VIII/2, part 4-2 — Principles to be observed in keeping an engineering watch, and shall take into account the relevant requirements of this part and the guidance given in part B of this Code.
7 Candidates for certification for service in ships in which steam boilers do not form part of their machinery may omit the relevant requirements of table A-III/1. A certificate awarded on such a basis shall not be valid for service on ships in which steam boilers form part of a ship’s machinery until the engineer officer meets the standard of competence in the items omitted from table A-III/1. Any such limitation shall be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.
8 The Administration may omit knowledge requirements for types of propulsion machinery other than those machinery installations for which the certificate to be awarded shall be valid. A certificate awarded on such a basis shall not be valid for any category of machinery installation which has been omitted until the engineer officer proves to be competent in these knowledge requirements. Any such limitation shall be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.
9 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-III/1.
Near-coastal voyages
10 The requirements of paragraphs 2.2 to 2.5 of regulation III/1 relating to level of knowledge, understanding and proficiency required under the different sections listed in column 2 of table A-III/1 may be varied for engineer officers of ships powered by main propulsion machinery of less than 3,000 kW propulsion power engaged on near-coastal voyages, as considered necessary, bearing in mind the effect on the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters. Any such limitation shall be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.
Function: Marine engineering at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Maintain a safe engineering watch |
Thorough knowledge of Principles to be observed in keeping an engineering watch, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The conduct, handover and relief of the watch conforms with accepted principles and procedures |
|
..3 maintenance of the machinery space logs and the significance of the readings taken |
.3 approved simulator training, where appropriate |
The frequency and extent of monitoring of engineering equipment and systems conforms to manufacturers’ recommendations and accepted principles and procedures, including Principles to be observed in keeping an engineering watch |
|
|
Engine-room resource management |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Resources are allocated and assigned as needed in correct priority to perform necessary tasks |
|
|
Use English in written and oral form |
Adequate knowledge of the English language to enable the officer to use engineering publications and to perform engineering duties |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction |
English language publications relevant to engineering duties are correctly interpreted |
|
Use internal communication systems |
Operation of all internal communication systems on board |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Transmission and reception of messages are consistently successful |
|
.3 approved simulator training, where appropriate |
|||
|
Operate main and auxiliary machinery and associated control systems |
Basic construction and operation principles of machinery systems, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Construction and operating mechanisms can be understood and explained with drawings/instructions |
|
Preparation, operation, fault detection and necessary measures to prevent damage for the following machinery items and control systems: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are planned and carried out in accordance with operating manuals, established rules and procedures to ensure safety of operations and avoid pollution of the marine environment |
|
|
.4 other auxiliaries, including refrigeration, air- conditioning and ventilation systems |
.4 approved laboratory equipment training |
The causes of machinery malfunctions are promptly identified and actions are designed to ensure the overall safety of the ship and the plant, having regard to the prevailing circumstances and conditions |
|
|
Operate fuel, lubrication, ballast and other pumping systems and associated control systems |
Operational characteristics of pumps and piping systems, including control systems |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are planned and carried out in accordance with operating manuals, established rules and procedures to ensure safety of operations and avoid pollution of the marine environment |
Function: Electrical, electronic and control engineering at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Operate electrical, electronic and control systems |
Basic configuration and operation principles of the following electrical, electronic and control equipment: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are planned and carried out in accordance with operating manuals, established rules and procedures to ensure safety of operations |
|
Maintenance and repair of electrical and electronic equipment |
Safety requirements for working on shipboard electrical systems, including the safe isolation of electrical equipment required before personnel are permitted to work on such equipment |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Safety measures for working are appropriate |
Function: Maintenance and repair at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Appropriate use of hand tools, machine tools and measuring instruments for fabrication and repair on board |
Characteristics and limitations of materials used in construction and repair of ships and equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Identification of important parameters for fabrication of typical ship-related components is appropriate |
|
Maintenance and repair of shipboard machinery and equipment |
Safety measures to be taken for repair and maintenance, including the safe isolation of shipboard machinery and equipment required before personnel are permitted to work on such machinery or equipment |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Safety procedures followed are appropriate |
|
Maintenance and repair, such as dismantling, adjustment and reassembling of machinery and equipment |
.4 approved training ship experience |
Dismantling, inspecting, repairing and reassembling equipment is in |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Ensure compliance with pollution-prevention requirements |
Prevention of pollution of the marine environment |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures for monitoring shipboard operations and ensuring compliance with MARPOL requirements are fully observed |
|
Maintain seaworthiness of the ship |
Ship stability |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The stability conditions comply with the IMO intact stability criteria under all conditions of loading |
|
Prevent, control and fight fires on board |
Fire prevention and fire-fighting appliances |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved fire-fighting training and experience as set out in section A-VI/3, paragraphs 1 to 3 |
The type and scale of the problem is promptly identified and initial actions conform with the emergency procedure and contingency plans for the ship |
|
Operate life-saving appliances |
Life-saving |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in |
Actions in responding to abandon ship and survival situations are appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and comply with accepted safety practices and standards |
|
Apply medical first aid on board ship |
Medical aid |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training as set out in section A-VI/4, paragraphs 1 to 3 |
Identification of probable cause, nature and extent |
|
Monitor compliance with legislative requirements |
Basic working knowledge of the relevant IMO conventions concerning safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from examination or approved training |
Legislative requirements relating to safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment are correctly identified |
|
Application of leadership and teamworking skills |
Working knowledge of shipboard personnel management and training |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned |
|
Knowledge and ability to apply effective resource management: |
Operations are planned and resources are allocated as needed in |
||
|
.4 assertiveness and leadership, including motivation |
Necessary team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel state and operational status and external environment |
||
|
Contribute to the safety of personnel and ship |
Knowledge of personal survival techniques |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training and experience as set out in section A-VI/1, paragraph 2 |
Appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used |
Section A-III/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers on ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for certification as chief engineer officer and second engineer officer of seagoing ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW power or more shall be required to demonstrate ability to undertake, at the management level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-III/2.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification is listed in column 2 of table A-III/2. This incorporates, expands and extends in depth the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-III/1 for officers in charge of an engineering watch.
3 Bearing in mind that a second engineer officer shall be in a position to assume the responsibilities of the chief engineer officer at any time, assessment in these subjects shall be designed to test the candidate’s ability to assimilate all available information that affects the safe operation of the ship’s machinery and the protection of the marine environment.
4 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-III/2 shall be sufficient to enable the candidate to serve in the capacity of chief engineer officer or second engineer officer.
5 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall take into account the relevant requirements of this part and the guidance given in part B of this Code.
6 The Administration may omit knowledge requirements for types of propulsion machinery other than those machinery installations for which the certificate to be awarded shall be valid. A certificate awarded on such a basis shall not be valid for any category of machinery installation which has been omitted until the engineer officer proves to be competent in these knowledge requirements. Any such limitation shall be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.
7 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-III/2.
Near-coastal voyages
8 The level of knowledge, understanding and proficiency required under the different sections listed in column 2 of table A-III/2 may be varied for engineer officers of ships powered by main propulsion machinery with limited propulsion power engaged on near-coastal voyages, as considered necessary, bearing in mind the effect on the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters. Any such limitation shall be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.
Function: Marine engineering at the management level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Manage the operation of propulsion plant machinery |
Design features, and operative mechanism of the following machinery and associated auxiliaries: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Explanation and understanding of design features and operating mechanisms are appropriate |
|
.2 marine steam turbine |
.2 approved training ship experience |
||
|
Plan and schedule operations |
Theoretical knowledge |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The planning and preparation of operations is suited to the design parameters of the power installation and to the requirements of the voyage |
|
Operation, surveillance, performance assessment and maintaining safety of propulsion plant and auxiliary machinery |
Practical knowledge |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The methods of preparing for the start-up and of making available fuels, lubricants, cooling water and air are the most appropriate |
|
Functions and mechanism of automatic control for auxiliary machinery including but not limited to: |
The methods of preparing the shutdown, and of supervising the cooling down of the engine are the most appropriate |
||
|
Manage fuel, lubrication and ballast operations |
Operation and maintenance of machinery, including pumps and piping systems |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Fuel and ballast operations meet operational requirements and are carried out so as to prevent pollution of the marine environment |
Function: Electrical, electronic and control engineering at the management level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Manage operation of electrical and electronic control equipment |
Theoretical knowledge |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operation of equipment and system is in accordance |
|
Manage |
Practical knowledge |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Maintenance activities are correctly planned in accordance with technical, legislative, safety and procedural specifications |
Function: Maintenance and repair at the management level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Manage safe and effective maintenance and repair procedures |
Theoretical knowledge |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Maintenance activities are correctly planned and carried out in accordance with technical, legislative, safety and procedural specifications |
|
Detect and identify the cause of machinery malfunctions and correct faults |
Practical knowledge |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The methods of comparing actual operating conditions are in accordance with recommended practices and procedures |
|
Ensure safe working |
Practical knowledge |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Working practices are in accordance with legislative requirements, codes of practice, permits to work and environmental concerns |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the management level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Control trim, stability and stress |
Understanding of fundamental principles of ship construction and the theories and factors affecting trim and stability and measures necessary to |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Stability and stress conditions are maintained within safety limits at all times |
|
Monitor and control compliance with legislative requirements and measures to ensure safety of life at sea, security and protection of the marine environment |
Knowledge of relevant international maritime law embodied in international agreements and conventions |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures for monitoring operations and maintenance comply with legislative requirements |
|
Maintain safety and security of the vessel, crew and passengers and the operational condition of life-saving, fire-fighting and other safety systems |
A thorough knowledge of life-saving appliance regulations (International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea) |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction and approved in-service training and experience |
Procedures for monitoring fire-detection and safety systems ensure that all alarms are detected promptly and acted upon in accordance with established emergency procedures |
|
Maintenance of operational condition of life-saving, |
|||
|
Develop emergency and damage control plans and handle emergency situations |
Ship construction, including damage control |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from approved in-service training and experience |
Emergency procedures are in accordance with the established plans for emergency situations |
|
Use leadership and managerial skills |
Knowledge of shipboard personnel management and training |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned |
|
.5 obtaining and maintaining situation awareness |
Necessary team member(s) share accurate understanding of current and predicted vessel state and operational status and external environment |
Section A-III/3
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers on ships powered by main propulsion machinery of between 750 kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for certification as chief engineer officer and second engineer officer of seagoing ships powered by main propulsion machinery of between 750 kW and 3,000 kW power shall be required to demonstrate ability to undertake, at management level, the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-III/2.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification is listed in column 2 of table A-III/2. This incorporates, expands and extends in depth the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-III/1 for officers in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or designated duty engineers in a periodically unmanned engine-room.
3 Bearing in mind that a second engineer officer shall be in a position to assume the responsibilities of the chief engineer officer at any time, assessment in these subjects shall be designed to test the candidate’s ability to assimilate all available information that affects the safe operation of the ship’s machinery and the protection of the marine environment.
4 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-III/2 may be lowered but shall be sufficient to enable the candidate to serve in the capacity of chief engineer officer or second engineer officer at the range of propulsion power specified in this section.
5 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall take into account the relevant requirements of this part and the guidance given in part B of this Code.
6 The Administration may omit knowledge requirements for types of propulsion machinery other than those machinery installations for which the certificate to be awarded shall be valid. A certificate awarded on such a basis shall not be valid for any category of machinery installation which has been omitted until the engineer officer proves to be competent in these knowledge requirements. Any such limitation shall be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.
7 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-III/2.
Near-coastal voyages
8 The level of knowledge, understanding and proficiency required under the different sections listed in column 2 of table A-III/2 and the requirements of paragraphs 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 of regulation III/3 may be varied for engineer officers of ships powered by main propulsion machinery of less than 3,000 kW main propulsion power engaged on near-coastal voyages, as considered necessary, bearing in mind the effect on the safety of all ships which may be operating in the same waters. Any such limitation shall be stated on the certificate and in the endorsement.
Section A-III/4
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
Standard of competence
1 Every rating forming part of an engine-room watch on a seagoing ship shall be required to demonstrate the competence to perform the marine engineering function at the support level, as specified in column 1 of table A-III/4.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required of ratings forming part of an engine-room watch is listed in column 2 of table A-III/4.
3 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of table A-III/4. The reference to “practical test” in column 3 may include approved shore-based training in which the students undergo practical testing.
4 Where there are no tables of competence for the support level with respect to certain functions, it remains the responsibility of the Administration to determine the appropriate training, assessment and certification requirements to be applied to personnel designated to perform those functions at the support level.
Function: Marine engineering at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Carry out a watch routine appropriate to the duties of a rating forming part of an engine-room watch |
Terms used in machinery spaces and names of machinery and equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Communications are clear and concise and advice or clarification is sought from the officer of the watch where watch information or instructions are not clearly understood |
|
For keeping a boiler watch: |
Safe operation of boilers |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Assessment of boiler condition is accurate and based on relevant information available from local and remote indicators and physical inspections |
|
Operate emergency equipment and apply emergency procedures |
Knowledge of emergency duties |
Assessment of evidence obtained from demonstration and approved in-service experience or approved training ship experience |
Initial action on becoming aware of an emergency or abnormal situation conforms with established procedures |
Section A-III/5
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer engine in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
Standard of competence
1 Every able seafarer engine serving on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more shall be required to demonstrate the competence to perform the functions at the support level, as specified in column 1 of table A-III/5.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required of an able seafarer engine serving on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more is listed in column 2 of table A-III/5.
3 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of table A-III/5.
Function: Marine engineering at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to a safe engineering watch |
Ability to understand orders and to communicate with the officer of the watch in matters relevant to watchkeeping duties |
Assessment of evidence obtained from in-service experience or practical test |
Communications are clear and concise |
|
Contribute to the monitoring and controlling of an |
Basic knowledge of the function and operation of main propulsion and auxiliary machinery |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The frequency and extent of monitoring of main propulsion and auxiliary machinery conforms with accepted principles and procedures |
|
Contribute to fuelling and oil transfer operations |
Knowledge of the function and operation of fuel system and oil transfer operations, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Transfer operations are carried out in accordance with established safety practices and equipment operating instructions |
|
Contribute to bilge and ballast operations |
Knowledge of the safe function, operation and maintenance of the bilge and ballast systems, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations and maintenance are carried out in accordance with established safety practices and equipment operating instructions and pollution of the marine environment is avoided |
|
Contribute to the operation of equipment |
Safe operation of equipment, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are carried out in accordance with established safety practices and equipment operating instructions |
|
.3 hatches, watertight doors, ports and related equipment |
.2 practical training |
Communications within the operator’s area of responsibility are consistently successful |
Function: Electrical, electronic and control engineering at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Safe use of electrical equipment |
Safe use and operation of electrical equipment, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Recognizes and reports electrical hazards and unsafe equipment |
Function: Maintenance and repair at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to shipboard maintenance and repair |
Ability to use painting, lubrication and cleaning materials and equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration |
Maintenance activities are carried out in accordance with technical, safety and procedural specifications |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to the handling of stores |
Knowledge of procedures for safe handling, stowage and securing of stores |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Stores operations are carried out in accordance with established safety practices and equipment operating instructions |
|
Apply precautions and contribute to the prevention of |
Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard the marine environment are observed at all times |
|
Apply occupational health and safety procedures |
Working knowledge of safe working practices and personal shipboard safety, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times |
Section A-III/6
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical officers
Training
1 The education and training required by paragraph 2.3 of regulation III/6 shall include training in electronic and electrical workshop skills relevant to the duties of electro--technical officer.
Onboard training
2 Every candidate for certification as electro-technical officer shall follow an approved programme of onboard training which:
.1 ensures that, during the required period of seagoing service, the candidate receives systematic practical training and experience in the tasks, duties and responsibilities of an electro-technical officer;
.2 is closely supervised and monitored by qualified and certificated officers aboard the ships in which the approved seagoing service is performed; and
.3 is adequately documented in a training record book.
Standard of competence
3 Every candidate for certification as electro-technical officer shall be required to demonstrate the ability to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-III/6.
4 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification is listed in column 2 of table A-III/6 and it shall take into account the guidance given in part B of this Code.
5 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-III/6.
Function: Electrical, electronic and control engineering at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Monitor the operation of |
Basic understanding of the operation of mechanical |
Examination and |
Operation of equipment |
|
Basic knowledge of heat transmission, mechanics and hydromechanics |
|||
|
Monitor the |
Preparation of control systems |
Examination and |
Surveillance of main |
|
Operate |
Coupling, load sharing and |
Examination and |
Operations are planned and |
|
.2 approved training ship experience |
Electrical distribution systems can be understood and explained with drawings/instructions |
||
|
Operate and |
Theoretical knowledge |
Examination and |
Operations are planned and |
|
Operate computers and |
Understanding of: |
Examination and assessment of evidence |
Computer networks and computers are correctly |
|
Use English in written and oral |
Adequate knowledge of the |
Examination and assessment of evidence |
English language |
|
Use internal |
Operation of all internal |
Examination and |
Transmission and reception |
Function: Maintenance and repair at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Maintenance |
Safety requirements for |
Examination and |
Safety measures for working |
|
Maintenance and repair of electrical system equipment, switchboards, electric motors, generators and DC electrical systems and equipment |
.2 approved practical experience and tests |
Dismantling, inspecting, repairing and reassembling equipment are in accordance with manuals and good practice |
|
|
Maintenance |
Appropriate electrical and |
Examination and |
The effect of malfunctions on |
|
Safe isolation of equipment and associated systems required before personnel are permitted to work on such plant or equipment |
.2 approved training ship experience |
Isolation, dismantling and reassembly of plant and equipment are in accordance with manufacturer’s safety guidelines and shipboard instructions and legislative and safety specifications. Action taken leads to the restoration of automation and control systems by the method most suitable |
|
|
Maintenance |
Knowledge of the principles |
The effect of malfunctions on |
|
|
Theoretical knowledge: |
Isolation, dismantling and re-assembly of plant and equipment are in accordance with manufacturer’s safety guidelines and shipboard instructions, legislative and safety specifications. Action taken leads to the restoration of bridge navigation equipment and ship communication systems by the method most suitable and appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions |
||
|
Maintenance |
Appropriate electrical and |
Examination and |
The effect of malfunctions on |
|
Maintenance |
Theoretical knowledge: |
The effect of malfunctions on |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Ensure compliance with |
Prevention of pollution of the marine environment |
Examination and assessment of evidence |
Procedures for monitoring |
|
Prevent, control and fight fire on |
Fire prevention and fire-fighting appliances |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved |
The type and scale of the problem is promptly |
|
Operate |
Life-saving |
Assessment of evidence |
Actions in responding to |
|
Apply medical first aid on board |
Medical aid |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved |
Identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or conditions is prompt and treatment minimizes immediate threat to life |
|
Application of |
Working knowledge of |
Assessment of evidence |
The crew are allocated duties and informed of expected standards of work and behaviour in a manner appropriate to the individuals concerned |
|
Knowledge and ability to |
Operations are planned and |
||
|
Contribute to the safety of |
Knowledge of personal survival techniques |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved |
Appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used |
Section A-III/7
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical rating
Standard of Competence
1 Every electro-technical rating serving on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more shall be required to demonstrate the competence to perform the functions at the support level, as specified in column 1 of table A-III/7.
2 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required of an electro-technical rating serving on a seagoing ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW propulsion power or more is listed in column 2 of table A-III/7.
3 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence specified in columns 3 and 4 of table A-III/7.
Function: Electrical, electronic and control engineering at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Safe use of electrical equipment |
Safe use and operation of electrical equipment, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Understands and follows safety instructions of electrical equipment and machinery |
|
Contribute to monitoring the operation of electrical systems and machinery |
|
|
|
|
Basic knowledge of: |
|||
|
Use hand tools, electrical and electronic measurement equipment for fault finding, maintenance and repair operations |
Safety requirements for working on shipboard electrical systems |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Implementation of safety procedures is satisfactory |
Function: Maintenance and repair at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to shipboard maintenance and repair |
Ability to use lubrication and cleaning materials and equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Maintenance activities are carried out in accordance with technical, safety and procedural specifications |
|
Contribute to the maintenance and repair of electrical systems and machinery on board |
Safety and emergency procedures |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The effect of malfunctions on associated plant and systems is accurately identified, ship’s technical drawings are correctly interpreted, measuring and calibrating instruments are correctly used and actions taken are justified |
Function: Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board at the support level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to the handling of stores |
Knowledge of procedures for safe handling, stowage and securing of stores |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Stores stowage operations are carried out in accordance with established safety practices and equipment operating instructions |
|
Apply precautions and contribute to the prevention of |
Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard the marine environment are observed at all times |
|
Knowledge of approved methods for disposal of marine pollutants |
.2 practical training |
||
|
Apply occupational health and safety procedures |
Working knowledge of safe working practices and personal shipboard safety, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times |
Section A-IV/1
Application
(No provisions)
Section A-IV/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of GMDSS radio operators
Standard of competence
1 The minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency required for certification of GMDSS radio operators shall be sufficient for radio operators to carry out their radio duties. The knowledge required for obtaining each type of certificate defined in the Radio Regulations shall be in accordance with those regulations. In addition, every candidate for certification of competency shall be required to demonstrate ability to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-IV/2.
2 The knowledge, understanding and proficiency for endorsement under the Convention of certificates issued under the provisions of the Radio Regulations are listed in column 2 of table A-IV/2.
3 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-IV/2 shall be sufficient for the candidate to carry out his duties.
4 Every candidate shall provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence through:
.1 demonstration of competence to perform the tasks and duties and to assume responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-IV/2, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of that table; and
.2 examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved course of training based on the material set out in column 2 of table A-IV/2.
Function: Radiocommunications at the operational level
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Transmit and receive information using GMDSS subsystems and equipment and fulfilling the functional requirements |
In addition to the requirements of the Radio Regulations, a knowledge of: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of operational procedures, using: |
Transmission and reception of communications comply with international regulations and procedures and are carried out efficiently and effectively |
|
Provide radio services in emergencies |
The provision of radio services in emergencies such as: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of operational procedures, using: |
Response is carried out efficiently and effectively |
Section A-V/1-1
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on oil and chemical tankers
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for certification in basic training for oil and chemical tanker cargo operations shall be required to:
.1 demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-1-1; and
.2 provide evidence of having achieved:
.2.1 the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2 of table A-V/1-1-1, and
.2.2 the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-1-1.
2 Every candidate for certification in advanced training for oil tanker cargo operations shall be required to:
.1 demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-1-2; and
.2 provide evidence of having achieved:
.2.1 the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2 of table A-V/1-1-2, and
.2.2 the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-1-2.
3 Every candidate for certification in advanced training for chemical tanker cargo operations shall be required to:
.1 demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-1-3; and
.2 provide evidence of having achieved:
.2.1 the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2 of table A-V/1-1-3, and
.2.2 the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-1-3.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to the safe cargo operation of oil and chemical tankers |
Basic knowledge of tankers: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Communications within the area of responsibility are clear and effective |
|
Basic knowledge of cargo operations: |
.2 approved training ship experience |
||
|
Take precautions to prevent hazards |
Basic knowledge of the hazards associated with tanker operations, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Correctly identifies, on an MSDS, relevant cargo-related hazards to the vessel and to personnel, and takes the appropriate actions in accordance with established procedures |
|
.6 importance of cargo compatibility |
|||
|
Apply occupational health and safety precautions and measures |
Function and proper use of gas--measuring instruments and similar equipment |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures for entry into enclosed spaces are observed. |
|
Carry out fire-fighting operations |
Tanker fire response organization and action to be taken |
Practical exercises and instruction conducted under approved and truly realistic training |
Initial actions and follow-up actions on becoming aware of fire on board conform with established practices and procedures |
|
Fixed fire-fighting foam system operations |
Clothing and equipment are appropriate to the nature of the fire-fighting operations |
||
|
Respond to emergencies |
Basic knowledge of emergency procedures, including emergency shutdown |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The type and impact of the emergency is promptly identified and the response actions conform to the emergency procedures and contingency plans |
|
Take precautions to prevent pollution of the environment from the release of oil or chemicals |
Basic knowledge of the effects of oil and chemical pollution on human and marine life |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard the environment are observed at all times |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Ability to safely perform and monitor all cargo operations |
Design and characteristics of an oil tanker |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Communications are clear, understood and successful |
|
.13 tank coating |
Procedures for monitoring and safety systems ensure that all alarms are detected promptly and acted upon in accordance with established emergency procedures |
||
|
Knowledge and understanding of monitoring and safety systems, including the emergency shutdown |
|||
|
.6 ship-to-ship transfers |
|
||
|
Familiarity with physical and chemical properties of oil cargoes |
Knowledge and understanding of the physical and chemical properties of oil cargoes |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Effective use is made of information resources for identification of properties and characteristics of oil cargoes and related gases, and their impact on safety, the environment and vessel operation |
|
Take precautions to prevent hazards |
Knowledge and understanding of the hazards and control measures associated with oil tanker cargo operations, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Relevant cargo-related hazards to the vessel and to personnel associated with oil tanker cargo operations are correctly identified, and proper control measures are taken |
|
Apply occupational health and safety precautions |
Knowledge and understanding of safe working practices, including risk assessment and personal shipboard safety relevant to oil tankers: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times |
|
Respond to emergencies |
Knowledge and understanding of oil tanker emergency procedures, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The type and impact of the emergency is promptly identified and the response actions conform with established emergency procedures and contingency plans |
|
.2 cargo operations emergency shutdown |
.2 approved training ship experience |
The order of priority, and the levels and time-scales of making reports and informing personnel on board, are relevant to the nature of the emergency and reflect the urgency of the problem |
|
|
Take precautions to prevent |
Understanding of procedures to prevent pollution of the atmosphere and the environment |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are conducted in accordance with accepted principles and procedures to prevent pollution of the environment |
|
Monitor and control compliance with legislative requirements |
Knowledge and understanding of relevant provisions of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL), as amended, and other relevant IMO instruments, industry guidelines and port regulations as commonly applied |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The handling of cargoes complies with relevant IMO instruments and established industrial standards and codes of safe working practice |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Ability to safely perform and monitor all cargo operations |
Design and characteristics of a chemical tanker |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Communications are clear, understood and successful |
|
Ability to calibrate and use monitoring and gas-detection systems, instruments and equipment |
Calibration and use of monitoring and gas-detection equipment are consistent with safe operational practices and procedures |
||
|
Familiarity with physical and chemical properties of chemical cargoes |
Knowledge and understanding of the chemical and the physical properties of noxious liquid substances, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Effective use is made of information resources for identification of properties and characteristics of noxious liquid substances and related gases, and their impact on safety, environmental protection and vessel operation |
|
.2 chemical groups and industrial usage |
.2 approved training ship experience |
||
|
Take precautions to prevent hazards |
Knowledge and understanding of the hazards and control measures associated with chemical tanker cargo operations, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Relevant cargo-related hazards to the vessel and to personnel associated with chemical tanker cargo operations are correctly identified, and proper control measures are taken |
|
Apply occupational health and safety precautions |
Knowledge and understanding of safe working practices, including risk assessment and personal shipboard safety relevant to chemical tankers: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times |
|
Respond to emergencies |
Knowledge and understanding of chemical tanker emergency procedures, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The type and impact of the emergency is promptly identified and the response actions conform with established emergency procedures and contingency plans |
|
Take precautions to prevent pollution of the environment |
Understanding of procedures to prevent pollution of the atmosphere and the environment |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are conducted in accordance with accepted principles and procedures to prevent pollution of the environment |
|
Monitor and control compliance with legislative requirements |
Knowledge and understanding of relevant provisions of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) and other relevant IMO instruments, industry guidelines and port regulations as commonly applied |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The handling of cargoes complies with relevant IMO instruments and established industrial standards and codes of safe working practice |
|
Proficiency in the use of the IBC Code and related documents |
.3 approved simulator training |
Section A-V/1-2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on liquefied gas tankers
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for certification in basic training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations shall be required to:
.1 demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-2-1; and
.2 provide evidence of having achieved:
.2.1 the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2 of table A-V/1-2-1, and
.2.2 the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-2-1.
2 Every candidate for certification in advanced training for liquefied gas tanker cargo operations shall be required to:
.1 demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-V/1-2-2; and
.2 provide evidence of having achieved:
.2.1 the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed in column 2 of table A-V/1-2-2, and
.2.2 the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/1-2-2.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to the safe operation of a liquefied gas tanker |
Design and operational characteristics of liquefied gas tankers |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Communications within the area of responsibility are clear and effective |
|
Basic knowledge of cargo operations: |
.3 approved simulator training |
||
|
Take precautions to prevent hazards |
Basic knowledge of the hazards associated with tanker operations, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Correctly identifies, on an MSDS, relevant cargo-related hazards to the vessel and to personnel, and takes the appropriate actions in accordance with established procedures |
|
.10 extremely low temperatures |
|||
|
Apply occupational health and safety precautions and measures |
Function and proper use of gas-measuring instruments and similar equipment |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
|
|
.3 safety measures for hot and cold work |
Appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used |
||
|
Carry out fire-fighting operations |
Tanker fire organization and action to be taken |
Practical exercises and instruction conducted under approved and truly realistic training conditions (e.g. simulated |
Initial actions and follow-up actions on becoming aware of an emergency conform with established practices and procedures |
|
Respond to emergencies |
Basic knowledge of emergency procedures, including emergency shutdown |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The type and impact of the emergency is promptly identified and the response actions conform to the emergency procedures and contingency plans |
|
Take precautions to prevent |
Basic knowledge of the effects of pollution on human and marine life |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard the environment are observed at all times |
|
Basic knowledge of measures to be taken in the event of spillage, including the need to: |
.2 approved training ship experience |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Ability to safely |
Design and characteristics of a liquefied gas tanker |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Communications are clear, understood and successful |
|
.4 cargo-handling equipment and instrumentation, including: |
Cargo operations are planned, risk is managed and carried out in accordance with accepted principles and procedures to ensure safety of operations and avoid pollution of the marine environment |
||
|
.6 tank atmosphere control systems (inert gas, |
|
||
|
Proficiency to apply safe preparations, procedures and checklists for all cargo operations, including: |
Calibration and use of monitoring and |
||
|
Familiarity with physical and chemical properties of liquefied gas cargoes |
Knowledge and understanding of basic chemistry and physics and the relevant definitions related to the safe carriage of liquefied gases in bulk in ships, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Effective use is made of information resources for identification of properties and characteristics of liquefied gases and their impact on safety, environmental protection and vessel operation |
|
Take precautions to prevent hazards |
Knowledge and understanding of the hazards and control measures associated with liquefied gas tanker cargo operations, including: |
Examination and assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Relevant cargo-related hazards to the vessel and to personnel associated with liquefied gas tanker cargo operations are correctly identified, and proper control measures are taken |
|
Apply occupational health and safety precautions |
Knowledge and understanding of safe working practices, including risk assessment and personal shipboard safety relevant to liquefied gas tankers, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Procedures designed to safeguard personnel and the ship are observed at all times |
|
.5 use of appropriate Personal |
|||
|
Respond to |
Knowledge and understanding of liquefied gas tanker emergency procedures, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The type and impact of emergency is promptly identified and the response actions conform with established emergency procedures and contingency plans |
|
Take precautions to prevent pollution of the environment |
Understanding of procedures to prevent pollution of the environment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
Operations are conducted in accordance with accepted principles and procedures to prevent pollution of the environment |
|
Monitor and control compliance with legislative requirements |
Knowledge and understanding of relevant provisions of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) and other relevant IMO instruments, industry guidelines and port regulations as commonly |
Assessment of evidence obtained from one or more of the following: |
The handling of liquefied gas cargoes complies with relevant IMO instruments and established industrial standards and codes of |
Section A-V/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualification of masters, officers, ratings and other personnel on passenger ships
Crowd management training
1 The crowd management training required by regulation V/2, paragraph 4 for personnel designated on muster lists to assist passengers in emergency situations shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:
.1 awareness of life-saving appliance and control plans, including:
.1.1 knowledge of muster lists and emergency instructions;
.1.2 knowledge of the emergency exits; and
.1.3 restrictions on the use of elevators;
.2 the ability to assist passengers en route to muster and embarkation stations, including:
.2.1 the ability to give clear reassuring orders;
.2.2 the control of passengers in corridors, staircases and passageways;
.2.3 maintaining escape routes clear of obstructions;
.2.4 methods available for evacuation of disabled persons and persons needing special assistance; and
.2.5 search of accommodation spaces;
.3 mustering procedures, including:
.3.1 the importance of keeping order;
.3.2 the ability to use procedures for reducing and avoiding panic;
.3.3 the ability to use, where appropriate, passenger lists for evacuation counts; and
.3.4 the ability to ensure that the passengers are suitably clothed and have donned their lifejackets correctly.
Safety training for personnel providing direct service to passengers in passenger spaces
2 The additional safety training required by regulation V/2, paragraph 5, shall at least ensure attainment of the abilities as follows:
Communication
.1 Ability to communicate with passengers during an emergency, taking into account:
.1.1 the language or languages appropriate to the principal nationalities of passengers carried on the particular route;
.1.2 the likelihood that an ability to use an elementary English vocabulary for basic instructions can provide a means of communicating with a passenger in need of assistance whether or not the passenger and crew member share a common language;
.1.3 the possible need to communicate during an emergency by some other means, such as by demonstration, or hand signals, or calling attention to the location of instructions, muster stations, life-saving devices or evacuation routes, when oral communication is impractical;
.1.4 the extent to which complete safety instructions have been provided to passengers in their native language or languages; and
.1.5 the languages in which emergency announcements may be broadcast during an emergency or drill to convey critical guidance to passengers and to facilitate crew members in assisting passengers.
Life-saving appliances
.2 Ability to demonstrate to passengers the use of personal life-saving appliances.
Embarkation procedures
.3 Embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to disabled persons and persons needing assistance.
Crisis management and human behaviour training
3 Masters, chief engineer officers, chief mates, second engineer officers and any person having responsibility for the safety of passengers in emergency situations shall:
.1 have successfully completed the approved crisis management and human behaviour training required by regulation V/2, paragraph 6, in accordance with their capacity, duties and responsibilities as set out in table A-V/2; and
.2 be required to provide evidence that the required standard of competence has been achieved in accordance with the methods and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-V/2.
Passenger safety, cargo safety and hull integrity training
4 The passenger safety, cargo safety and hull integrity training required by regulation V/2, paragraph 7, for masters, chief mates, chief engineer officers, second engineer officers and persons assigned immediate responsibility for embarking and disembarking passengers, for loading, discharging or securing cargo or for closing hull openings on board ro-ro passenger ships shall at least ensure attainment of the abilities that are appropriate to their duties and responsibilities as follows:
Loading and embarkation procedures
.1 Abilit to apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding:
.1.1 loading and discharging vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transport units, including related communications;
.1.2 lowering and hoisting ramps;
.1.3 setting up and stowing retractable vehicle decks; and
.1.4 embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to disabled persons and persons needing assistance.
Carriage of dangerous goods
.2 Ability to apply any special safeguards, procedures and requirements regarding the carriage of dangerous goods on board ro-ro passenger ships.
Securing cargoes
.3 Ability to:
.3.1 apply correctly the provisions of the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing to the vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transport units carried; and
.3.2 use properly the cargo-securing equipment and materials provided, taking into account their limitations.
Stability, trim and stress calculations
.4 Ability to:
.4.1 make proper use of the stability and stress information provided;
.4.2 calculate stability and trim for different conditions of loading, using the stability calculators or computer programs provided;
.4.3 calculate load factors for decks; and
.4.4 calculate the impact of ballast and fuel transfers on stability, trim and stress.
Opening, closing and securing hull openings
.5 Ability to:
.5.1 apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the opening, closing and securing of bow, stern and side doors and ramps and to correctly operate the associated systems; and
.5.2 conduct surveys on proper sealing.
Ro-ro deck atmosphere
.6 Ability to:
.6.1 use equipment, where carried, to monitor atmosphere in ro-ro spaces; and
.6.2 apply properly the procedures established for the ship for ventilation of ro-ro spaces during loading and discharging of vehicles, while on voyage and in emergencies.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Organize shipboard emergency procedures |
Knowledge of: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, exercises with one or more prepared emergency plans and practical demonstration |
The shipboard emergency procedures ensure a state of readiness to respond to emergency situations |
|
Optimize the use of resources |
Ability to optimize the use of resources, taking into account: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, practical demonstration and shipboard training and drills of emergency procedures |
Contingency plans optimize the use of available resources |
|
Control response to emergencies |
Ability to make an initial assessment and provide an effective response to emergency situations in accordance with established emergency procedures |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, practical demonstration and shipboard training and drills of emergency procedures |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with established principles and plans for crisis management on board |
|
.2 to focus decision making, given the need to act quickly in an emergency |
|||
|
Control passengers and other personnel during emergency situations |
Human behaviour and responses |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, practical demonstration and shipboard training and drills of emergency procedures |
Actions of crew members contribute to maintaining order and control |
|
Establish and maintain effective communications |
Ability to establish and maintain effective communications, including: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, exercises and practical demonstration |
Information from all available sources is obtained, evaluated and confirmed as quickly as possible and reviewed throughout the emergency |
Section A-VI/1
Mandatory minimum requirements for safety familiarization, basic training and instruction for all seafarer
Safety familiarization training
1 Before being assigned to shipboard duties, all persons employed or engaged on a seagoing ship, other than passengers, shall receive approved familiarization training in personal survival techniques or receive sufficient information and instruction, taking account of the guidance given in part B, to be able to:
.1 communicate with other persons on board on elementary safety matters and understand safety information symbols, signs and alarm signals;
.2 know what to do if:
.2.1 a person falls overboard,
.2.2 fire or smoke is detected, or
.2.3 the fire or abandon ship alarm is sounded;
.3 identify muster and embarkation stations and emergency escape routes;
.4 locate and don lifejackets;
.5 raise the alarm and have basic knowledge of the use of portable fire extinguishers;
.6 take immediate action upon encountering an accident or other medical emergency before seeking further medical assistance on board; and
.7 close and open the fire, weathertight and watertight doors fitted in the particular ship other than those for hull openings.
Basic training
2 Seafarers employed or engaged in any capacity on board ship on the business of that ship as part of the ship’s complement with designated safety or pollution-prevention duties in the operation of the ship shall, before being assigned to any shipboard duties:
.1 receive appropriate approved basic training or instruction in:
.1.1 personal survival techniques as set out in table A-VI/1-1,
.1.2 fire prevention and fire fighting as set out in table A-VI/1-2,
.1.3 elementary first aid as set out in table A-VI/1-3, and
.1.4 personal safety and social responsibilities as set out in table A-VI/1-4;
.2 be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of tables A-VI/1-1, A-VI/1-2, A-VI/1-3 and A-VI/1-4 through:
.2.1 demonstration of competence, in accordance with the methods and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of those tables, and
.2.2 examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme in the subjects listed in column 2 of those tables.
3 Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 2 in basic training shall be required, every five years, to provide evidence of having maintained the required standard of competence, to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of tables A-VI/1-1 and A-VI/1-2.
4 Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standard of competence in the following areas:
.1 personal survival techniques as set out in table A-VI/1-1:
.1.1 don a lifejacket;
.1.2 board a survival craft from the ship, while wearing a lifejacket;
.1.3 take initial actions on boarding a lifeboat to enhance chance of survival;
.1.4 stream a lifeboat drogue or sea-anchor;
.1.5 operate survival craft equipment; and
.1.6 operate location devices, including radio equipment;
.2 fire prevention and fire fighting as set out in table A-VI/1-2:
.2.1 use self-contained breathing apparatus; and
.2.2 effect a rescue in a smoke-filled space, using an approved smoke-generating device aboard, while wearing a breathing apparatus.
Exemptions
5 The Administration may, in respect of ships other than passenger ships of more than 500 gross tonnage engaged on international voyages and tankers, if it considers that a ship’s size and the length or character of its voyage are such as to render the application of the full requirements of this section unreasonable or impracticable, exempt to that extent the seafarers on such a ship or class of ships from some of the requirements, bearing in mind the safety of people on board, the ship and property and the protection of the marine environment.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Survive at sea in the event of ship abandonment |
Types of emergency situations which may occur, such as |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during |
Action taken on identifying muster signals is appropriate to the indicated emergency and complies with established procedures |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Minimize the risk of fire and maintain a state of readiness to respond to emergency situations involving fire |
Shipboard fire-fighting organization |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or attendance at an approved course |
Initial actions on becoming aware of an emergency conform with accepted practices and procedures |
|
The elements of fire and explosion (the fire triangle) |
|||
|
Fight and extinguish fires |
Fire-fighting equipment and its location on board |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course, including practical demonstration in spaces which provide truly realistic training conditions |
Clothing and equipment are appropriate to the nature of the fire-fighting operations |
|
.8 extinguish fire with water fog or any other suitable fire-fighting agent in an accommodation room or simulated engine-room with fire and heavy smoke |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Take immediate action upon encountering an accident or other medical emergency |
Assessment of needs of casualties and threats to own safety |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
The manner and timing of raising the alarm is appropriate to the circumstances of the accident or medical emergency |
|
.2 apply resuscitation techniques |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Comply with emergency procedures |
Types of emergency which may occur, such as collision, fire, foundering |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Initial action on becoming aware of an emergency conforms to established emergency response procedures |
|
Take precautions to prevent pollution of the marine environment |
Basic knowledge of the impact of shipping on the marine environment and the effects of operational or accidental pollution on it |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Organizational procedures designed to safeguard the marine environment are observed at all times |
|
Observe safe working practices |
Importance of adhering to safe working practices at all times |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Safe working practices are observed and appropriate safety and protective equipment is correctly used at all times |
|
Contribute to effective communications on board ship |
Understand the principles of, and barriers to, effective communication between individuals and teams within the ship |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Communications are clear and effective at all times |
|
Contribute to effective human relationships |
Importance of maintaining good human and working relationships aboard ship |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Expected standards of work and behaviour are observed at all times |
|
Understand and take necessary actions to control fatigue |
Importance of obtaining the necessary rest |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Fatigue management practices are observed and appropriate actions are used at all times |
Section A-VI/2
Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescue boats
PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT AND RESCUE BOATS OTHER THAN FAST RESCUE BOATS
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-1.
2 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/2-1 shall be sufficient to enable the candidate to launch and take charge of a survival craft or rescue boat in emergency situations.
3 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall take account of the guidance given in part B of this Code.
4 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence through:
.1 demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-1, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of that table; and
.2 examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme covering the material set out in column 2 of table A-VI/2-1.
5 Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 4 in survival craft and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats shall be required, every five years, to provide evidence of having maintained the required standards of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-1.
6 Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standard of competence of table A-VI/2-1 in the following areas:
.1 take charge of a survival craft or rescue boat during and after launch:
.1.1 interpret the markings on survival craft as to the number of persons they are intended to carry;
.1.2 give correct commands for launching and boarding survival craft, clearing the ship and handling and disembarking persons from survival craft;
.1.3 prepare and safely launch survival craft and clear the ship’s side quickly; and
.1.4 safely recover survival craft and rescue boats;
.2 manage survivors and survival craft after abandoning ship:
.2.1 row and steer a boat and steer by compass;
.2.2 use individual items of equipment of survival crafts, except for pyrotechnics; and
.2.3 rig devices to aid location;
.3 use locating devices, including communication and signalling apparatus:
.3.1 use of portable radio equipment for survival craft; and
.4 apply first aid to survivors.
PROFICIENCY IN FAST RESCUE BOATS
Standard of competence
7 Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency in fast rescue boats shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-2.
8 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/2-2 shall be sufficient to enable the candidate to launch and take charge of a fast rescue boat in emergency situations.
9 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall take account of the guidance given in part B of this Code.
10 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence through:
.1 demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-2, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of that table; and
.2 examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme covering the material set out in column 2 of table A-VI/2-2.
11 Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 10 in fast rescue boats shall be required, every five years, to provide evidence of having maintained the required standards of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/2-2.
12 Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standard of competence of table A-VI/2-2, in the following areas:
.1 Take charge of a fast rescue boat during and after launch:
.1.1 control safe launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat;
.1.2 handle a fast rescue boat in prevailing weather and sea conditions;
.1.3 use communications and signalling equipment between the fast rescue boat and a helicopter and a ship;
.1.4 use the emergency equipment carried; and
.1.5 carry out search patterns, taking account of environmental factors.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Take charge of a survival craft or rescue boat during and after launch |
Construction and outfit of survival craft and rescue boats and individual items of their equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to: |
Preparation, boarding |
|
Operate a survival craft engine |
Methods of starting and operating a survival craft engine and its |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to start and operate an inboard engine fitted in an open or enclosed lifeboat |
Propulsion is available and maintained as required for manoeuvring |
|
Manage survivors and survival craft |
Handling survival craft in rough weather |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to: |
Survival management is appropriate to prevailing circumstances and conditions |
|
Method of helicopter rescue |
|||
|
Use locating devices, including communication and signalling apparatus and pyrotechnics |
Radio life-saving appliances carried in survival craft, including satellite EPIRBs and SARTs |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to: |
Use and choice of communication and signalling apparatus is appropriate to prevailing circumstances and conditions |
|
Apply first aid to survivors |
Use of the first-aid kit and resuscitation techniques |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to deal with injured persons both during and after abandonment, using first-aid kit and resuscitation techniques |
Identification of the probable cause, nature and extent of injuries or condition is prompt and accurate |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Understand the construction, maintenance, repair and outfitting of fast rescue boats |
Construction and outfitting of fast rescue boats and individual items of their equipment |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction |
The method of carrying out routine maintenance and emergency repairs |
|
Take charge of the launching equipment and appliance as commonly fitted, during launching and recovery |
Assessment of the readiness of launching equipment and launching appliance of fast rescue boats for immediate launching and operation |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to control safe launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat, with equipment as fitted |
Ability to prepare and take charge of the launching equipment and appliance during launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat |
|
Safety precautions during launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat |
|||
|
Take charge of a fast rescue boat as commonly fitted, during launching and recovery |
Assessment of the readiness of fast rescue boats and related equipment for immediate launching and operation |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to conduct safe launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat, with equipment as fitted |
Ability to take charge of a fast rescue boat during launching and recovery |
|
Take charge of a fast rescue boat after launching |
Particular characteristics, facilities and limitations of fast rescue boats |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to: |
Demonstration of operation of fast rescue boats within equipment limitations in prevailing weather conditions |
|
Operate a fast rescue boat engine |
Methods of starting and operating a fast rescue boat engine and its accessories |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical demonstration of ability to start and operate a fast rescue boat engine |
Engine is started and operated as required for manoeuvring |
Section A-VI/3
Mandatory minimum training in advanced fire fighting
Standard of competence
1 Seafarers designated to control fire-fighting operations shall have successfully completed advanced training in techniques for fighting fire, with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and command, and shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/3.
2 The level of knowledge and understanding of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/3 shall be sufficient for the effective control of fire-fighting operations on board ship.
3 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall take account of the guidance given in part B of this Code.
4 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-VI/3.
5 Seafarers qualified in accordance with paragraph 4 in advanced fire fighting shall be required, every five years, to provide evidence of having maintained the required standards of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/3.
6 Parties may accept onboard training and experience for maintaining the required standard of competence of table A-VI/3, in the following areas:
.1 Control fire-fighting operations aboard ships;
.1.1 fire-fighting procedures at sea and in port, with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and command;
.1.2 communication and coordination during fire--fighting operations;
.1.3 ventilation control, including smoke extraction;
.1.4 control of fuel and electrical systems;
.1.5 fire-fighting process hazards (dry distillation, chemical reactions, boiler uptake, fires);
.1.6 fire precautions and hazards associated with the storage and handling of materials;
.1.7 management and control of injured persons; and
.1.8 procedures for coordination with shore-based fire fighters.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Control |
Fire-fighting procedures at sea and in port, with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and command |
Practical exercises and instruction conducted under approved and truly realistic training conditions |
Actions taken to control fires are based on a full and accurate assessment of the incident, using all available sources of information |
|
Ventilation control, including smoke extraction |
Transmission of information is prompt, accurate, complete and clear |
||
|
Organize and train fire parties |
Preparation of contingency plans |
Practical exercises and instruction conducted under approved and truly realistic training conditions, |
Composition and organization of fire control parties ensure the prompt and effective implementation of emergency plans and procedures |
|
Inspect and service |
Fire-detection systems; fixed fire--extinguishing systems; |
Practical exercises, using approved equipment and |
Operational effectiveness of all |
|
Investigate and |
Assessment of cause of |
Practical exercises in a |
Causes of fire are |
Section A-VI/4
Mandatory minimum requirements related to medical first aid and medical care
Standard of competence for seafarers designated to provide medical first aid on board ship
1 Every seafarer who is designated to provide medical first aid on board ship shall be required to demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/4-1.
2 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/4-1 shall be sufficient to enable the designated seafarer to take immediate effective action in the case of accidents or illness likely to occur on board ship.
3 Every candidate for certification under the provisions of regulation VI/4, paragraph 1 shall be required to provide evidence that the required standard of competence has been achieved in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-VI/4-1.
Standard of competence for seafarers designated to take charge of medical care on board ship
4 Every seafarer who is designated to take charge of medical care on board ship shall be required to demonstrate the competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/4-2.
5 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/4-2 shall be sufficient to enable the designated seafarer to take immediate effective action in the case of accidents or illness likely to occur on board ship*.
6 Every candidate for certification under the provisions of regulation VI/4, paragraph 2 shall be required to provide evidence that the required standard of competence has been achieved in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-VI/4-2.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence |
Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Apply immediate first aid in the event of accident or illness on board |
First-aid kit |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction |
The identification of probable cause, nature and extent of injuries is prompt, complete and conforms to current |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency |
Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Provide medical care to the sick and injured while they remain on board |
Care of casualty involving: |
Assessment of evidence obtained from practical instruction and demonstration |
Identification of symptoms is based on the concepts of clinical examination and medical history |
|
.6 wounds, wound healing and infection |
The dosage and application of drugs and medication complies with manufacturers’ recommendations and accepted medical practice |
||
|
Dental care |
|||
|
Participate in coordinated schemes for medical assistance to ships |
External assistance, including: |
Clinical examination procedures are complete and comply with instructions received |
Section A-VI/5
Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of proficiency for ship security officers
Standard of competence
1 Every candidate for a certificate of proficiency as a ship security officer shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/5.
2 The level of knowledge of the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/5 shall be sufficient to enable the candidate to act as the designated ship security officer.
3 Training and experience to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency shall take into account the guidance in section B-VI/5 of this Code.
4 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-VI/5.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Maintain and supervise the implementation of a ship security |
Knowledge of international maritime security policy and responsibilities of Governments, companies |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training or examination |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS, 1974, as amended |
|
Knowledge of the requirements and procedures for reporting to the company security officer any deficiencies and |
|||
|
Assess security risk, threat, and vulnerability |
Knowledge of risk assessment and assessment tools |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training, or approved experience and examination, including practical demonstration of competence to: |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS, 1974, as amended |
|
Knowledge of implementing and co-ordinating searches |
|||
|
Undertake regular inspections of the ship to ensure that appropriate security measures are implemented and maintained |
Knowledge of the requirements for designating and monitoring restricted areas |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training or examination |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS,1974, as amended |
|
Ensure that security equipment and systems, if any, are properly operated, tested and calibrated |
Knowledge of the various types of security equipment and systems and their limitations, including those that could be used in case of attacks by pirates and armed robbers |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training or examination |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS, 1974, as amended |
|
Encourage security awareness and vigilance |
Knowledge of training, drill and exercise requirements under relevant conventions, codes and IMO circulars, including those relevant to anti-piracy and anti--armed robbery |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved training or examination |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS, 1974, as amended |
Section A-VI/6
Mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and instruction for all seafarers
Standard of competence for security-related familiarization training
1 Before being assigned to shipboard duties, all persons employed or engaged on a seagoing ship which is required to comply with the provisions of the ISPS Code, other than passengers, shall receive approved security-related familiarization training, taking account of the guidance given in part B, to be able to:
.1 report a security incident, including a piracy or armed robbery threat or attack;
.2 know the procedures to follow when they recognize a security threat; and
.3 take part in security-related emergency and contingency procedures.
2 Seafarers with designated security duties engaged or employed on a seagoing ship shall, before being assigned such duties, receive security-related familiarization training in their assigned duties and responsibilities, taking into account the guidance given in part B.
3 The security-related familiarization training shall be conducted by the ship security officer or an equally qualified person.
Standard of competence for security-awareness training
4 Seafarers employed or engaged in any capacity on board a ship which is required to comply with the provisions of the ISPS Code on the business of that ship as part of the ship’s complement without designated security duties shall, before being assigned to any shipboard duties:
.1 receive appropriate approved training or instruction in security awareness as set out in table A-VI/6-1;
.2 be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/6-1:
.2.1 by demonstration of competence, in accordance with the methods and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of table A-VI/6-1; and
.2.2 by examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme in the subjects listed in column 2 of table A-VI/6-1.
Transitional provisions
5 Until 1 January 2014, seafarers who commenced an approved seagoing service prior to the date of entry into force of this section shall be able to establish that they meet the requirements of paragraph 4 by:
.1 approved seagoing service as shipboard personnel, for a period of at least six months in total during the preceding three years; or
.2 having performed security functions considered to be equivalent to the seagoing service required in paragraph 5.1; or
.3 passing an approved test; or
.4 successfully completing approved training.
Standard of competence for seafarers with designated security duties
6 Every seafarer who is designated to perform security duties, including anti-piracy and anti-armed-robbery-related activities, shall be required to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/6-2.
7 The level of knowledge of the subjects in column 2 of table A-VI/6-2 shall be sufficient to enable every candidate to perform on board designated security duties, including anti-piracy and anti-armed-robbery-related activities.
8 Every candidate for certification shall be required to provide evidence of having achieved the required standard of competence through:
.1 demonstration of competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/6-2, in accordance with the methods for demonstrating competence and the criteria for evaluating competence tabulated in columns 3 and 4 of that table; and
.2 examination or continuous assessment as part of an approved training programme covering the material set out in column 2 of table A-VI/6-2.
Transitional provisions
9 Until 1 January 2014, seafarers with designated security duties who commenced an approved seagoing service prior to the date of entry into force of this section shall be able to demonstrate competence to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/6-2 by:
.1 approved seagoing service as shipboard personnel with designated security duties, for a period of at least six months in total during the preceding three years; or
.2 having performed security functions considered to be equivalent to the seagoing service required in paragraph 9.1; or
.3 passing an approved test; or
.4 successfully completing approved training.
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Contribute to the enhancement of maritime security through heightened awareness |
Basic working knowledge of maritime security terms and definitions, including elements that may relate to piracy and armed robbery |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Requirements relating to enhanced maritime security are correctly identified |
|
Basic knowledge of security reporting procedures |
|||
|
Recognition of security threats |
Basic knowledge of techniques used to circumvent security measures |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Maritime security threats are correctly identified |
|
Understanding of the need for and methods of maintaining security awareness and vigilance |
Basic knowledge of training, drill and exercise requirements under relevant conventions, codes and IMO circulars, including those relevant for anti-piracy and anti-armed robbery |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Requirements relating to enhanced maritime security are correctly identified |
|
Column 1 |
Column 2 |
Column 3 |
Column 4 |
|
Competence |
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency | Methods for demonstrating competence | Criteria for evaluating competence |
|
Maintain the conditions set out in a ship security plan |
Working knowledge of maritime security terms and definitions, including elements that may relate to piracy and armed robbery |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS, 1974, as amended |
|
Knowledge of maritime security levels and their impact on security measures and procedures aboard ship and in the port facilities |
|||
|
|
|||
|
Recognition of security risks and threats |
Knowledge of security documentation, including the Declaration of Security |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS, 1974, as amended |
|
Undertake regular security inspections of the ship |
Knowledge of the techniques for monitoring restricted areas |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Procedures and actions are in accordance with the principles established by the ISPS Code and the SOLAS Convention, as amended |
|
Proper usage of security equipment and systems, if any |
General knowledge of various types of security equipment and systems, including those that could be used in case of attacks by pirates and armed robbers, including their limitations |
Assessment of evidence obtained from approved instruction or during attendance at an approved course |
Equipment and systems operations are carried out in accordance with established equipment operating instructions and taking into account the limitations of the equipment and systems |
Section A-VII/1
Issue of alternative certificates
1 Every candidate for certification at the operational level under the provisions of chapter VII of the annex to the Convention shall be required to complete relevant education and training and meet the standard of competence for all the functions prescribed in either table A-II/1 or table A-III/1. Functions specified in table A-II/1 or A-III/1 respectively may be added provided the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant education and training and meets the standards of competence prescribed in those tables for the functions concerned.
2 Every candidate for certification at the management level as the person having command of a ship of 500 gross tonnage or more, or the person upon whom the command of such a ship will fall in the event of the incapacity of the person in command, shall be required, in addition to compliance with the standard of competence specified in table A-II/1, to complete relevant education and training and meet the standard of competence for all of the functions prescribed in table A-II/2. Functions specified in the tables of chapter III of this part may be added provided the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant education and training and meets the standards of competence prescribed in those tables for the functions concerned.
3 Every candidate for certification at the management level as the person responsible for the mechanical propulsion of a ship powered by main propulsion machinery of 750 kW or more, or the person upon whom such responsibility will fall in the event of the incapacity of the person responsible for the mechanical propulsion of the ship, shall be required, in addition to compliance with the standard of competence specified in table A-III/1, to complete relevant education and training and meet the standard of competence for all of the functions prescribed in table A-III/2, as appropriate. Functions specified in the tables of chapter II of this part may be added provided the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant education and training and meets the standards of competence prescribed in those tables for the functions concerned.
4 Every candidate for certification at the support level:
.1 in navigation or marine engineering shall be required to complete relevant training and meet the standard of competence for the function prescribed in either table A-II/4 or table A-III/4. Functions specified in table A--III/4 or A-II/4 respectively may be added provided the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant training and meets the standards of competence prescribed in those tables for the function concerned;
.2 as able seafarer deck shall be required, in addition to compliance with the standard of competence specified in table A-II/4, to complete relevant training and meet the standard of competence for all of the functions prescribed in table A-II/5. Functions specified in table A-III/4 or A-III/5 may be added provided the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant training and meets the standard of competence prescribed in that (those) table(s) for the function(s) concerned; and
.3 as able seafarer engine shall be required, in addition to compliance with the standard of competence specified in table A-III/4, to complete relevant training and meet the standard of competence for all of the functions prescribed in table A-III/5. Functions specified in table A-II/4 or A-II/5 may be added provided the candidate completes, as appropriate, additional relevant training and meets the standards of competence prescribed in that (those) table(s) for the function(s) concerned.
Section A-VII/2
Certification of seafarers
1 In accordance with the requirements of regulation VII/1, paragraph 1.3, every candidate for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at the operational level in functions specified in tables A-II/1 and A-III/1 shall:
.1 have approved seagoing service of not less than 12 months, which service shall include a period of at least six months performing engine-room duties under the supervision of a qualified engineer officer and, where the function of navigation is required, a period of at least six months performing bridge watchkeeping duties under the supervision of a qualified bridge watchkeeping officer; and
.2 have completed, during this service, onboard training programmes approved as meeting the relevant requirements of sections A-II/1 and A-III/1 and documented in an approved training record book.
2 Every candidate for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at the management level in a combination of functions specified in tables A-II/2 and A-III/2 shall have approved seagoing service related to the functions to be shown in the endorsement to the certificate as follows:
.1 for persons other than those having command or responsibility for the mechanical propulsion of a ship – 12 months performing duties at the operational level related to regulation III/2 or III/3 as appropriate and, where the function of navigation at the management level is required, at least 12 months performing bridge watchkeeping duties at the operational level;
.2 for those having command or the responsibility for the mechanical propulsion of a ship – not less than 48 months, including the provisions in paragraph 2.1 of this section, performing, as a certificated officer, duties related to the functions to be shown in the endorsement to the certificate, of which 24 months shall be served performing functions set out in table A--III/1 and 24 months shall be served performing functions set out in tables A-III/1 and A-III/2.
3 In accordance with the requirements of regulation VII/1, paragraph 1.3, every candidate for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at support level in functions specified in tables A-II/4 and A-III/4 shall have completed:
.1 approved seagoing service including not less than 12 months experience, made up of:
.1.1 not less than 6 months associated with navigational watchkeeping duties; and
.1.2 not less than 6 months associated with engine--room duties; or
.2 special training, either pre-sea or on board ship, including an approved period of seagoing service which shall not be less than 4 months, made up of:
.2.1 not less than 2 months associated with navigational watchkeeping duties; and
.2.2 not less than 2 months associated with engine--room duties;
.3 the seagoing service, training and experience required by paragraph 3.1 or 3.2 shall be carried out under the direct supervision of an appropriately qualified officer or rating.
4 In accordance with the requirements of regulation VII/1, paragraph 1.3, every candidate for certification under the provisions of chapter VII at the support level in functions specified in tables A-II/5 and A-III/5 shall, while qualified to serve as a rating forming part of a navigational and engine-room watch, meet the standards of competence specified in sections A-II/5 and A-III/5 of the STCW Code and have completed:
.1 approved seagoing service of not less than 30 months, made up of:
.1.1 not less than 18 months associated with able seafarer deck duties, and
.1.2 not less than 12 months associated with able seafarer engine duties; or
.2 an approved training programme and not less than 18 months of approved seagoing service, made up of:
.2.1 not less than 12 months associated with able seafarer deck duties; and
.2.2 not less than 6 months associated with able seafarer engine duties; or
.3 an approved special integrated deck and engine training programme, including not less than 12 months’ approved seagoing service in an integrated deck and engine department, made up of:
.3.1 not less than 6 months associated with able seafarer deck duties; and
.3.2 not less than 6 months associated with able seafarer engine duties.
Section A-VII/3
Principles governing the issue of alternative certificates
(No provisions)
Section A-VIII/1
Fitness for duty
1 Administrations shall take account of the danger posed by fatigue of seafarers, especially those whose duties involve the safe and secure operation of a ship.
2 All persons who are assigned duty as officer in charge of a watch or as a rating forming part of a watch and those whose duties involve designated safety, prevention of pollution and security duties shall be provided with a rest period of not less than:
.1 a minimum of 10 hours of rest in any 24-hour period; and
.2 77 hours in any 7-day period.
3 The hours of rest may be divided into no more than two periods, one of which shall be at least 6 hours in length, and the intervals between consecutive periods of rest shall not exceed 14 hours.
4 The requirements for rest periods laid down in paragraphs 2 and 3 need not be maintained in the case of an emergency or in other overriding operational conditions. Musters, fire--fighting and lifeboat drills, and drills prescribed by national laws and regulations and by international instruments, shall be conducted in a manner that minimizes the disturbance of rest periods and does not induce fatigue.
5 Administrations shall require that watch schedules be posted where they are easily accessible. The schedules shall be established in a standardized format* in the working language or languages of the ship and in English.
6 When a seafarer is on call, such as when a machinery space is unattended, the seafarer shall have an adequate compensatory rest period if the normal period of rest is disturbed by call-outs to work.
7 Administrations shall require that records of daily hours of rest of seafarers be maintained in a standardized format, in the working language or languages of the ship and in English, to allow monitoring and verification of compliance with the provisions of this section. The seafarers shall receive a copy of the records pertaining to them, which shall be endorsed by the master or by a person authorized by the master and by the seafarers.
8 Nothing in this section shall be deemed to impair the right of the master of a ship to require a seafarer to perform any hours of work necessary for the immediate safety of the ship, persons on board or cargo, or for the purpose of giving assistance to other ships or persons in distress at sea. Accordingly, the master may suspend the schedule of hours of rest and require a seafarer to perform any hours of work necessary until the normal situation has been restored. As soon as practicable after the normal situation has been restored, the master shall ensure that any seafarers who have performed work in a scheduled rest period are provided with an adequate period of rest.
9 Parties may allow exceptions from the required hours of rest in paragraphs 2.2 and 3 above provided that the rest period is not less than 70 hours in any 7-day period.
Exceptions from the weekly rest period provided for in paragraph 2.2 shall not be allowed for more than two consecutive weeks. The intervals between two periods of exceptions on board shall not be less than twice the duration of the exception.
The hours of rest provided for in paragraph 2.1 may be divided into no more than three periods, one of which shall be at least 6 hours in length and neither of the other two periods shall be less than one hour in length. The intervals between consecutive periods of rest shall not exceed 14 hours. Exceptions shall not extend beyond two 24-hour periods in any 7-day period.
Exceptions shall, as far as possible, take into account the guidance regarding prevention of fatigue in section B-VIII/1.
10 Each Administration shall establish, for the purpose of preventing alcohol abuse, a limit of not greater than 0.05% blood alcohol level (BAC) or 0.25 mg/l alcohol in the breath or a quantity of alcohol leading to such alcohol concentration for masters, officers and other seafarers while performing designated safety, security and marine environmental duties.
Section A-VIII/2
Watchkeeping arrangements and principles to be observed
PART 1 – CERTIFICATION
1 The officer in charge of the navigational or deck watch shall be duly qualified in accordance with the provisions of chapter II or chapter VII appropriate to the duties related to navigational or deck watchkeeping.
2 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall be duly qualified in accordance with the provisions of chapter III or chapter VII appropriate to the duties related to engineering watchkeeping.
PART 2 – VOYAGE PLANNING
General requirements
3 The intended voyage shall be planned in advance, taking into consideration all pertinent information, and any course laid down shall be checked before the voyage commences.
4 The chief engineer officer shall, in consultation with the master, determine in advance the needs of the intended voyage, taking into consideration the requirements for fuel, water, lubricants, chemicals, expendable and other spare parts, tools, supplies and any other requirements.
Planning prior to each voyage
5 Prior to each voyage, the master of every ship shall ensure that the intended route from the port of departure to the first port of call is planned using adequate and appropriate charts and other nautical publications necessary for the intended voyage, containing accurate, complete and up-to-date information regarding those navigational limitations and hazards which are of a permanent or predictable nature and which are relevant to the safe navigation of the ship.
Verification and display of planned route
6 When the route planning is verified, taking into consideration all pertinent information, the planned route shall be clearly displayed on appropriate charts and shall be continuously available to the officer in charge of the watch, who shall verify each course to be followed prior to using it during the voyage.
Deviation from planned route
7 If a decision is made, during a voyage, to change the next port of call of the planned route, or if it is necessary for the ship to deviate substantially from the planned route for other reasons, then an amended route shall be planned prior to deviating substantially from the route originally planned.
PART 3 – WATCHKEEPING PRINCIPLES IN GENERAL
8 Watches shall be carried out based on the following bridge and engine-room resource management principles:
.1 proper arrangements for watchkeeping personnel shall be ensured in accordance with the situations;
.2 any limitation in qualifications or fitness of individuals shall be taken into account when deploying watchkeeping personnel;
.3 understanding of watchkeeping personnel regarding their individual roles, responsibility and team roles shall be established;
.4 the master, chief engineer officer and officer in charge of watch duties shall maintain a proper watch, making the most effective use of the resources available, such as information, installations/equipment and other personnel;
.5 watchkeeping personnel shall understand functions and operation of installations/equipment, and be familiar with handling them;
.6 watchkeeping personnel shall understand information and how to respond to information from each station/installation/equipment;
.7 information from the stations/installations/equipment shall be appropriately shared by all the watchkeeping personnel;
.8 watchkeeping personnel shall maintain an exchange of appropriate communication in any situation; and
.9 watchkeeping personnel shall notify the master/chief engineer officer/officer in charge of watch duties without any hesitation when in any doubt as to what action to take in the interest of safety.
PART 4 – WATCHKEEPING AT SEA
Principles applying to watchkeeping generally
9 Parties shall direct the attention of companies, masters, chief engineer officers and watchkeeping personnel to the following principles, which shall be observed to ensure that safe watches are maintained at all times.
10 The master of every ship is bound to ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate for maintaining a safe navigational or cargo watch. Under the master’s general direction, the officers of the navigational watch are responsible for navigating the ship safely during their periods of duty, when they will be particularly concerned with avoiding collision and stranding.
11 The chief engineer officer of every ship is bound, in consultation with the master, to ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate to maintain a safe engineering watch.
Protection of marine environment
12 The master, officers and ratings shall be aware of the serious effects of operational or accidental pollution of the marine environment and shall take all possible precautions to prevent such pollution, particularly within the framework of relevant international and port regulations.
Part 4-1 – Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch
13 The officer in charge of the navigational watch is the master’s representative and is primarily responsible at all times for the safe navigation of the ship and for complying with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended.
Lookout
14 A proper lookout shall be maintained at all times in compliance with rule 5 of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended and shall serve the purpose of:
.1 maintaining a continuous state of vigilance by sight and hearing, as well as by all other available means, with regard to any significant change in the operating environment;
.2 fully appraising the situation and the risk of collision, stranding and other dangers to navigation; and
.3 detecting ships or aircraft in distress, shipwrecked persons, wrecks, debris and other hazards to safe navigation.
15 The lookout must be able to give full attention to the keeping of a proper lookout and no other duties shall be undertaken or assigned which could interfere with that task.
16 The duties of the lookout and helmsperson are separate and the helmsperson shall not be considered to be the lookout while steering, except in small ships where an unobstructed all--round view is provided at the steering position and there is no impairment of night vision or other impediment to the keeping of a proper lookout. The officer in charge of the navigational watch may be the sole lookout in daylight provided that, on each such occasion:
.1 the situation has been carefully assessed and it has been established without doubt that it is safe to do so;
.2 full account has been taken of all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
– state of weather;
– visibility;
– traffic density;
– proximity of dangers to navigation; and
– the attention necessary when navigating in or near traffic separation schemes; and
.3 assistance is immediately available to be summoned to the bridge when any change in the situation so requires.
17 In determining that the composition of the navigational watch is adequate to ensure that a proper lookout can continuously be maintained, the master shall take into account all relevant factors, including those described in this section of the Code, as well as the following factors:
.1 visibility, state of weather and sea;
.2 traffic density, and other activities occurring in the area in which the vessel is navigating;
.3 the attention necessary when navigating in or near traffic separation schemes or other routeing measures;
.4 the additional workload caused by the nature of the ship’s functions, immediate operating requirements and anticipated manoeuvres;
.5 the fitness for duty of any crew members on call who are assigned as members of the watch;
.6 knowledge of, and confidence in, the professional competence of the ship’s officers and crew;
.7 the experience of each officer of the navigational watch, and the familiarity of that officer with the ship’s equipment, procedures, and manoeuvring capability;
.8 activities taking place on board the ship at any particular time, including radiocommunication activities, and the availability of assistance to be summoned immediately to the bridge when necessary;
.9 the operational status of bridge instrumentation and controls, including alarm systems;
.10 rudder and propeller control and ship manoeuvring characteristics;
.11 the size of the ship and the field of vision available from the conning position;
.12 the configuration of the bridge, to the extent such configuration might inhibit a member of the watch from detecting by sight or hearing any external development; and
.13 any other relevant standard, procedure or guidance relating to watchkeeping arrangements and fitness for duty which has been adopted by the Organization.
Watch arrangements
18 When deciding the composition of the watch on the bridge, which may include appropriately qualified ratings, the following factors, inter alia, shall be taken into account:
.1 at no time shall the bridge be left unattended;
.2 weather conditions, visibility and whether there is daylight or darkness;
.3 proximity of navigational hazards which may make it necessary for the officer in charge of the watch to carry out additional navigational duties;
.4 use and operational condition of navigational aids such as ECDIS, radar or electronic position-indicating devices and any other equipment affecting the safe navigation of the ship;
.5 whether the ship is fitted with automatic steering;
.6 whether there are radio duties to be performed;
.7 unmanned machinery space (UMS) controls, alarms and indicators provided on the bridge, procedures for their use and their limitations; and
.8 any unusual demands on the navigational watch that may arise as a result of special operational circumstances.
Taking over the watch
19 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not hand over the watch to the relieving officer if there is reason to believe that the latter is not capable of carrying out the watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the master shall be notified.
20 The relieving officer shall ensure that the members of the relieving watch are fully capable of performing their duties, particularly as regards their adjustment to night vision. Relieving officers shall not take over the watch until their vision is fully adjusted to the light conditions.
21 Prior to taking over the watch, relieving officers shall satisfy themselves as to the ship’s estimated or true position and confirm its intended track, course and speed, and UMS controls as appropriate and shall note any dangers to navigation expected to be encountered during their watch.
22 Relieving officers shall personally satisfy themselves regarding the:
.1 standing orders and other special instructions of the master relating to navigation of the ship;
.2 position, course, speed and draught of the ship;
.3 prevailing and predicted tides, currents, weather, visibility and the effect of these factors upon course and speed;
.4 procedures for the use of main engines to manoeuvre when the main engines are on bridge control; and
.5 navigational situation, including, but not limited to:
.5.1 the operational condition of all navigational and safety equipment being used or likely to be used during the watch;
.5.2 the errors of gyro- and magnetic compasses;
.5.3 the presence and movement of ships in sight or known to be in the vicinity;
.5.4 the conditions and hazards likely to be encountered during the watch; and
.5.5 the possible effects of heel, trim, water density and squat on under-keel clearance.
23 If, at any time, the officer in charge of the navigational watch is to be relieved when a manoeuvre or other action to avoid any hazard is taking place, the relief of that officer shall be deferred until such action has been completed.
Performing the navigational watch
24 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall:
.1 keep the watch on the bridge;
.2 in no circumstances leave the bridge until properly relieved; and
.3 continue to be responsible for the safe navigation of the ship, despite the presence of the master on the bridge, until informed specifically that the master has assumed that responsibility and this is mutually understood.
25 During the watch, the course steered, position and speed shall be checked at sufficiently frequent intervals, using any available navigational aids necessary, to ensure that the ship follows the planned course.
26 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall have full knowledge of the location and operation of all safety and navigational equipment on board the ship and shall be aware and take account of the operating limitations of such equipment.
27 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not be assigned or undertake any duties which would interfere with the safe navigation of the ship.
28 When using radar, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall bear in mind the necessity to comply at all times with the provisions on the use of radar contained in the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended in force.
29 In cases of need, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall not hesitate to use the helm, engines and sound signalling apparatus. However, timely notice of intended variations of engine speed shall be given where possible or effective use shall be made of UMS engine controls provided on the bridge in accordance with the applicable procedures.
30 Officers of the navigational watch shall know the handling characteristics of their ship, including its stopping distances, and should appreciate that other ships may have different handling characteristics.
31 A proper record shall be kept during the watch of the movements and activities relating to the navigation of the ship.
32 It is of special importance that at all times the officer in charge of the navigational watch ensures that a proper lookout is maintained. In a ship with a separate chartroom, the officer in charge of the navigational watch may visit the chartroom, when essential, for a short period for the necessary performance of navigational duties, but shall first ensure that it is safe to do so and that proper lookout is maintained.
33 Operational tests of shipboard navigational equipment shall be carried out at sea as frequently as practicable and as circumstances permit, in particular before hazardous conditions affecting navigation are expected. Whenever appropriate, these tests shall be recorded. Such tests shall also be carried out prior to port arrival and departure.
34 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall make regular checks to ensure that:
.1 the person steering the ship or the automatic pilot is steering the correct course;
.2 the standard compass error is determined at least once a watch and, when possible, after any major alteration of course; the standard and gyro-compasses are frequently compared and repeaters are synchronized with their master compass;
.3 the automatic pilot is tested manually at least once a watch;
.4 the navigation and signal lights and other navigational equipment are functioning properly;
.5 the radio equipment is functioning properly in accordance with paragraph 86 of this section; and
.6 the UMS controls, alarms and indicators are functioning properly.
35 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall bear in mind the necessity to comply at all times with the requirements in force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974. The officer of the navigational watch shall take into account:
.1 the need to station a person to steer the ship and to put the steering into manual control in good time to allow any potentially hazardous situation to be dealt with in a safe manner; and
.2 that, with a ship under automatic steering, it is highly dangerous to allow a situation to develop to the point where the officer in charge of the navigational watch is without assistance and has to break the continuity of the lookout in order to take emergency action.
36 Officers of the navigational watch shall be thoroughly familiar with the use of all electronic navigational aids carried, including their capabilities and limitations, and shall use each of these aids when appropriate and shall bear in mind that the echo-sounder is a valuable navigational aid.
37 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall use the radar whenever restricted visibility is encountered or expected, and at all times in congested waters, having due regard to its limitations.
38 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall ensure that the range scales employed are changed at sufficiently frequent intervals so that echoes are detected as early as possible. It shall be borne in mind that small or poor echoes may escape detection.
39 Whenever radar is in use, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall select an appropriate range scale and observe the display carefully, and shall ensure that plotting or systematic analysis is commenced in ample time.
40 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall notify the master immediately:
.1 if restricted visibility is encountered or expected;
.2 if the traffic conditions or the movements of other ships are causing concern;
.3 if difficulty is experienced in maintaining course;
.4 on failure to sight land, or a navigation mark or to obtain soundings by the expected time;
.5 if, unexpectedly, land or a navigation mark is sighted or a change in soundings occurs;
.6 on breakdown of the engines, propulsion machinery remote control, steering gear or any essential navigational equipment, alarm or indicator;
.7 if the radio equipment malfunctions;
.8 in heavy weather, if in any doubt about the possibility of weather damage;
.9 if the ship meets any hazard to navigation, such as ice or a derelict; and
.10 in any other emergency or if in any doubt.
41 Despite the requirement to notify the master immediately in the foregoing circumstances, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall, in addition, not hesitate to take immediate action for the safety of the ship, where circumstances so require.
42 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall give watchkeeping personnel all appropriate instructions and information which will ensure the keeping of a safe watch, including a proper lookout.
Watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
Clear weather
43 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall take frequent and accurate compass bearings of approaching ships as a means of early detection of risk of collision and shall bear in mind that such risk may sometimes exist even when an appreciable bearing change is evident, particularly when approaching a very large ship or a tow or when approaching a ship at close range. The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall also take early and positive action in compliance with the applicable International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended and subsequently check that such action is having the desired effect.
44 In clear weather, whenever possible, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall carry out radar practice.
Restricted visibility
45 When restricted visibility is encountered or expected, the first responsibility of the officer in charge of the navigational watch is to comply with the relevant rules of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended with particular regard to the sounding of fog signals, proceeding at a safe speed and having the engines ready for immediate manoeuvre. In addition, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall:
.1 inform the master;
.2 post a proper lookout;
.3 exhibit navigation lights; and
.4 operate and use the radar.
In hours of darkness
46 The master and the officer in charge of the navigational watch, when arranging lookout duty, shall have due regard to the bridge equipment and navigational aids available for use, their limitations, procedures and safeguards implemented.
Coastal and congested waters
47 The largest scale chart on board, suitable for the area and corrected with the latest available information, shall be used. Fixes shall be taken at frequent intervals, and shall be carried out by more than one method whenever circumstances allow. When using ECDIS, appropriate usage code (scale) electronic navigational charts shall be used and the ship’s position shall be checked by an independent means of position fixing at appropriate intervals.
48 The officer in charge of the navigational watch shall positively identify all relevant navigation marks.
Navigation with pilot on board
49 Despite the duties and obligations of pilots, their presence on board does not relieve the master or the officer in charge of the navigational watch from their duties and obligations for the safety of the ship. The master and the pilot shall exchange information regarding navigation procedures, local conditions and the ship’s characteristics. The master and/or the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall co-operate closely with the pilot and maintain an accurate check on the ship’s position and movement.
50 If in any doubt as to the pilot’s actions or intentions, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall seek clarification from the pilot and, if doubt still exists, shall notify the master immediately and take whatever action is necessary before the master arrives.
Ship at anchor
51 If the master considers it necessary, a continuous navigational watch shall be maintained at anchor. While at anchor, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall:
.1 determine and plot the ship’s position on the appropriate chart as soon as practicable;
.2 when circumstances permit, check at sufficiently frequent intervals whether the ship is remaining securely at anchor by taking bearings of fixed navigation marks or readily identifiable shore objects;
.3 ensure that proper lookout is maintained;
.4 ensure that inspection rounds of the ship are made periodically;
.5 observe meteorological and tidal conditions and the state of the sea;
.6 notify the master and undertake all necessary measures if the ship drags anchor;
.7 ensure that the state of readiness of the main engines and other machinery is in accordance with the master’s instructions;
.8 if visibility deteriorates, notify the master;
.9 ensure that the ship exhibits the appropriate lights and shapes and that appropriate sound signals are made in accordance with all applicable regulations; and
.10 take measures to protect the environment from pollution by the ship and comply with applicable pollution regulations.
Part 4-2 – Principles to be observed in keeping an engineering watch
52 The term engineering watch as used in parts 4-2, 5-2 and 5-4 of this section means either a person or a group of personnel comprising the watch or a period of responsibility for an officer during which the physical presence in machinery spaces of that officer may or may not be required.
53 The officer in charge of the engineering watch is the chief engineer officer’s representative and is primarily responsible, at all times, for the safe and efficient operation and upkeep of machinery affecting the safety of the ship and is responsible for the inspection, operation and testing, as required, of all machinery and equipment under the responsibility of the engineering watch.
Watch arrangements
54 The composition of the engineering watch shall, at all times, be adequate to ensure the safe operation of all machinery affecting the operation of the ship, in either automated or manual mode, and be appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions.
55 When deciding the composition of the engineering watch, which may include appropriately qualified ratings, the following criteria, inter alia, shall be taken into account:
.1 the type of ship and the type and condition of the machinery;
.2 the adequate supervision, at all times, of machinery affecting the safe operation of the ship;
.3 any special modes of operation dictated by conditions such as weather, ice, contaminated water, shallow water, emergency conditions, damage containment or pollution abatement;
.4 the qualifications and experience of the engineering watch;
.5 the safety of life, ship, cargo and port, and protection of the environment;
.6 the observance of international, national and local regulations; and
.7 maintaining the normal operations of the ship.
Taking over the watch
56 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall not hand over the watch to the relieving officer if there is reason to believe that the latter is obviously not capable of carrying out the watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the chief engineer officer shall be notified.
57 The relieving officer of the engineering watch shall ensure that the members of the relieving engineering watch are apparently fully capable of performing their duties effectively.
58 Prior to taking over the engineering watch, relieving officers shall satisfy themselves regarding at least the following:
.1 the standing orders and special instructions of the chief engineer officer relating to the operation of the ship’s systems and machinery;
.2 the nature of all work being performed on machinery and systems, the personnel involved and potential hazards;
.3 the level and, where applicable, the condition of water or residues in bilges, ballast tanks, slop tanks, reserve tanks, fresh water tanks, sewage tanks and any special requirements for use or disposal of the contents thereof;
.4 the condition and level of fuel in the reserve tanks, settling tank, day tank and other fuel storage facilities;
.5 any special requirements relating to sanitary system disposals;
.6 condition and mode of operation of the various main and auxiliary systems, including the electrical power distribution system;
.7 where applicable, the condition of monitoring and control console equipment, and which equipment is being operated manually;
.8 where applicable, the condition and mode of operation of automatic boiler controls such as flame safeguard control systems, limit control systems, combustion control systems, fuel-supply control systems and other equipment related to the operation of steam boilers;
.9 any potentially adverse conditions resulting from bad weather, ice, or contaminated or shallow water;
.10 any special modes of operation dictated by equipment failure or adverse ship conditions;
.11 the reports of engine-room ratings relating to their assigned duties;
.12 the availability of fire-fighting appliances; and
.13 the state of completion of the engine-room log.
Performing the engineering watch
59 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that the established watchkeeping arrangements are maintained and that, under direction, engine-room ratings, if forming part of the engineering watch, assist in the safe and efficient operation of the propulsion machinery and auxiliary equipment.
60 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall continue to be responsible for machinery-space operations, despite the presence of the chief engineer officer in the machinery spaces, until specifically informed that the chief engineer officer has assumed that responsibility and this is mutually understood.
61 All members of the engineering watch shall be familiar with their assigned watchkeeping duties. In addition, every member shall, with respect to the ship they are serving in, have knowledge of:
.1 the use of appropriate internal communication systems;
.2 the escape routes from machinery spaces;
.3 the engine-room alarm systems and be able to distinguish between the various alarms, with special reference to the fire-extinguishing media alarm; and
.4 the number, location and types of fire-fighting equipment and damage-control gear in the machinery spaces, together with their use and the various safety precautions to be observed.
62 Any machinery not functioning properly, expected to malfunction or requiring special service shall be noted along with any action already taken. Plans shall be made for any further action if required.
63 When the machinery spaces are in the manned condition, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall at all times be readily capable of operating the propulsion equipment in response to needs for changes in direction or speed.
64 When the machinery spaces are in the periodic unmanned condition, the designated duty officer in charge of the engineering watch shall be immediately available and on call to attend the machinery spaces.
65 All bridge orders shall be promptly executed. Changes in direction or speed of the main propulsion units shall be recorded, except where an Administration has determined that the size or characteristics of a particular ship make such recording impracticable. The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that the main propulsion unit controls, when in the manual mode of operation, are continuously attended under stand-by or manoeuvring conditions.
66 Due attention shall be paid to the ongoing maintenance and support of all machinery, including mechanical, electrical, electronic, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, their control apparatus and associated safety equipment, all accommodation service systems equipment and the recording of stores and spare gear usage.
67 The chief engineer officer shall ensure that the officer in charge of the engineering watch is informed of all preventive maintenance, damage control, or repair operations to be performed during the engineering watch. The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall be responsible for the isolation, bypassing and adjustment of all machinery under the responsibility of the engineering watch that is to be worked on, and shall record all work carried out.
68 When the engine-room is put in a stand-by condition, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that all machinery and equipment which may be used during manoeuvring is in a state of immediate readiness and that an adequate reserve of power is available for steering gear and other requirements.
69 Officers in charge of an engineering watch shall not be assigned or undertake any duties which would interfere with their supervisory duties in respect of the main propulsion system and ancillary equipment. They shall keep the main propulsion plant and auxiliary systems under constant supervision until properly relieved, and shall periodically inspect the machinery in their charge. They shall also ensure that adequate rounds of the machinery and steering-gear spaces are made for the purpose of observing and reporting equipment malfunctions or breakdowns, performing or directing routine adjustments, required upkeep and any other necessary tasks.
70 Officers in charge of an engineering watch shall direct any other member of the engineering watch to inform them of potentially hazardous conditions which may adversely affect the machinery or jeopardize the safety of life or of the ship.
71 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that the machinery space watch is supervised, and shall arrange for substitute personnel in the event of the incapacity of any engineering watch personnel. The engineering watch shall not leave the machinery spaces unsupervised in a manner that would prevent the manual operation of the engine-room plant or throttles.
72 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall take the action necessary to contain the effects of damage resulting from equipment breakdown, fire, flooding, rupture, collision, stranding, or other cause.
73 Before going off duty, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that all events related to the main and auxiliary machinery which have occurred during the engineering watch are suitably recorded.
74 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall cooperate with any engineer in charge of maintenance work during all preventive maintenance, damage control or repairs. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:
.1 isolating and bypassing machinery to be worked on;
.2 adjusting the remaining plant to function adequately and safely during the maintenance period;
.3 recording, in the engine-room log or other suitable document, the equipment worked on and the personnel involved, and which safety steps have been taken and by whom, for the benefit of relieving officers and for record purposes; and
.4 testing and putting into service, when necessary, the repaired machinery or equipment.
75 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that any engine-room ratings who perform maintenance duties are available to assist in the manual operation of machinery in the event of automatic equipment failure.
76 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall bear in mind that changes in speed, resulting from machinery malfunction, or any loss of steering may imperil the safety of the ship and life at sea. The bridge shall be immediately notified in the event of fire and of any impending action in machinery spaces that may cause reduction in the ship’s speed, imminent steering failure, stoppage of the ship’s propulsion system or any alteration in the generation of electric power or similar threat to safety. This notification, where possible, shall be accomplished before changes are made, in order to afford the bridge the maximum available time to take whatever action is possible to avoid a potential marine casualty.
77 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall notify the chief engineer officer without delay:
.1 when engine damage or a malfunction occurs which may be such as to endanger the safe operation of the ship;
.2 when any malfunction occurs which, it is believed, may cause damage or breakdown of propulsion machinery, auxiliary machinery or monitoring and governing systems; and
.3 in any emergency or if in any doubt as to what decision or measures to take.
78 Despite the requirement to notify the chief engineer officer in the foregoing circumstances, the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall not hesitate to take immediate action for the safety of the ship, its machinery and crew where circumstances require.
79 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall give the watchkeeping personnel all appropriate instructions and information which will ensure the keeping of a safe engineering watch. Routine machinery upkeep, performed as incidental tasks as a part of keeping a safe watch, shall be set up as an integral part of the watch routine. Detailed repair maintenance involving repairs to electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic or applicable electronic equipment throughout the ship shall be performed with the cognizance of the officer in charge of the engineering watch and chief engineer officer. These repairs shall be recorded.
Engineering watchkeeping under different conditions and in different areas
Restricted visibility
80 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that permanent air or steam pressure is available for sound signals and that at all times bridge orders relating to changes in speed or direction of operation are immediately implemented and, in addition, that auxiliary machinery used for manoeuvring is readily available.
Coastal and congested waters
81 The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that all machinery involved with the manoeuvring of the ship can immediately be placed in the manual mode of operation when notified that the ship is in congested waters. The officer in charge of the engineering watch shall also ensure that an adequate reserve of power is available for steering and other manoeuvring requirements. Emergency steering and other auxiliary equipment shall be ready for immediate operation.
Ship at anchor
82 At an unsheltered anchorage the chief engineer officer shall consult with the master whether or not to maintain the same engineering watch as when under way.
83 When a ship is at anchor in an open roadstead or any other virtually “at-sea” condition, the engineer officer in charge of the engineering watch shall ensure that:
.1 an efficient engineering watch is kept;
.2 periodic inspection is made of all operating and stand-by machinery;
.3 main and auxiliary machinery is maintained in a state of readiness in accordance with orders from the bridge;
.4 measures are taken to protect the environment from pollution by the ship, and that applicable pollution--prevention regulations are complied with; and
.5 all damage-control and fire-fighting systems are in readiness.
Part 4-3 – Principles to be observed in keeping a radio watch
General provisions
84 Administrations shall direct the attention of companies, masters and radio watchkeeping personnel to comply with the following provisions to ensure that an adequate safety radio watch is maintained while a ship is at sea. In complying with this Code, account shall be taken of the Radio Regulations.
Watch arrangements
85 In deciding the arrangements for the radio watch, the master of every seagoing ship shall:
.1 ensure that the radio watch is maintained in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention;
.2 ensure that the primary duties for radio watchkeeping are not adversely affected by attending to radio traffic not relevant to the safe movement of the ship and safety of navigation; and
.3 take into account the radio equipment fitted on board and its operational status.
Performing the radio watch
86 The radio operator performing radio watchkeeping duties shall:
.1 ensure that watch is maintained on the frequencies specified in the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention; and
.2 while on duty, regularly check the operation of the radio equipment and its sources of energy and report to the master any observed failure of this equipment.
87 The requirements of the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention on keeping a radiotelegraph or radio log, as appropriate, shall be complied with.
88 The maintenance of radio records, in compliance with the requirements of the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention, is the responsibility of the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents. The following shall be recorded, together with the times at which they occur:
.1 a summary of distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications;
.2 important incidents relating to the radio service;
.3 where appropriate, the position of the ship at least once per day; and
.4 a summary of the condition of the radio equipment, including its sources of energy.
89 The radio records shall be kept at the distress communications operating position, and shall be made available:
.1 for inspection by the master; and
.2 for inspection by any authorized official of the Administration and by any duly authorized officer exercising control under article X of the Convention.
PART 5 – WATCHKEEPING IN PORT
Principles applying to all watchkeeping
General
90 On any ship safely moored or safely at anchor under normal circumstances in port, the master shall arrange for an appropriate and effective watch to be maintained for the purpose of safety. Special requirements may be necessary for special types of ships’ propulsion systems or ancillary equipment and for ships carrying hazardous, dangerous, toxic or highly flammable materials or other special types of cargo.
Watch arrangements
91 Arrangements for keeping a deck watch when the ship is in port shall at all times be adequate to:
.1 ensure the safety of life, of the ship, the port and the environment, and the safe operation of all machinery related to cargo operation;
.2 observe international, national and local rules; and
.3 maintain order and the normal routine of the ship.
92 The master shall decide the composition and duration of the deck watch depending on the conditions of mooring, type of the ship and character of duties.
93 If the master considers it necessary, a qualified officer shall be in charge of the deck watch.
94 The necessary equipment shall be so arranged as to provide for efficient watchkeeping.
95 The chief engineer officer, in consultation with the master, shall ensure that engineering watchkeeping arrangements are adequate to maintain a safe engineering watch while in port. When deciding the composition of the engineering watch, which may include appropriate engine-room ratings, the following points are among those to be taken into account:
.1 on all ships of 3,000 kW propulsion power and over there shall always be an officer in charge of the engineering watch;
.2 on ships of less than 3,000 kW propulsion power there may be, at the master’s discretion and in consultation with the chief engineer officer, no officer in charge of the engineering watch; and
.3 officers, while in charge of an engineering watch, shall not be assigned or undertake any task or duty which would interfere with their supervisory duty in respect of the ship’s machinery system.
Taking over the watch
96 Officers in charge of the deck or engineering watch shall not hand over the watch to their relieving officer if they have any reason to believe that the latter is obviously not capable of carrying out watchkeeping duties effectively, in which case the master or chief engineer shall be notified accordingly. Relieving officers of the deck or engineering watch shall ensure that all members of their watch are apparently fully capable of performing their duties effectively.
97 If, at the moment of handing over the deck or engineering watch, an important operation is being performed, it shall be concluded by the officer being relieved, except when ordered otherwise by the master or chief engineer officer.
Part 5-1 – Taking over the deck watch
98 Prior to taking over the deck watch, the relieving officer shall be informed by the officer in charge of the deck watch as to the following:
.1 the depth of the water at the berth, the ship’s draught, the level and time of high and low waters; the securing of the moorings, the arrangement of anchors and the scope of the anchor chain, and other mooring features important to the safety of the ship; the state of main engines and their availability for emergency use;
.2 all work to be performed on board the ship; the nature, amount and disposition of cargo loaded or remaining, and any residue on board after unloading the ship;
.3 the level of water in bilges and ballast tanks;
.4 the signals or lights being exhibited or sounded;
.5 the number of crew members required to be on board and the presence of any other persons on board;
.6 the state of fire-fighting appliances;
.7 any special port regulations;
.8 the master’s standing and special orders;
.9 the lines of communication available between the ship and shore personnel, including port authorities, in the event of an emergency arising or assistance being required;
.10 any other circumstances of importance to the safety of the ship, its crew, cargo or protection of the environment from pollution; and
.11 the procedures for notifying the appropriate authority of any environmental pollution resulting from ship activities.
99 Relieving officers, before assuming charge of the deck watch, shall verify that:
.1 the securing of moorings and anchor chain is adequate;
.2 the appropriate signals or lights are properly exhibited or sounded;
.3 safety measures and fire-protection regulations are being maintained;
.4 they are aware of the nature of any hazardous or dangerous cargo being loaded or discharged and the appropriate action to be taken in the event of any spillage or fire; and
.5 no external conditions or circumstances imperil the ship and that it does not imperil others.
Part 5-2 – Taking over the engineering watch
100 Prior to taking over the engineering watch, the relieving officer shall be informed by the officer in charge of the engineering watch as to:
.1 the standing orders of the day, any special orders relating to the ship operations, maintenance functions, repairs to the ship’s machinery or control equipment;
.2 the nature of all work being performed on machinery and systems on board ship, personnel involved and potential hazards;
.3 the level and condition, where applicable, of water or residue in bilges, ballast tanks, slop tanks, sewage tanks, reserve tanks and special requirements for the use or disposal of the contents thereof;
.4 any special requirements relating to sanitary system disposals;
.5 the condition and state of readiness of portable fire--extinguishing equipment and fixed fire-extinguishing installations and fire-detection systems;
.6 authorized repair personnel on board engaged in engineering activities, their work locations and repair functions and other authorized persons on board and the required crew;
.7 any port regulations pertaining to ship effluents, fire-fighting requirements and ship readiness, particularly during potential bad weather conditions;
.8 the lines of communication available between the ship and shore personnel, including port authorities, in the event of an emergency arising or assistance being required;
.9 any other circumstance of importance to the safety of the ship, its crew, cargo or the protection of the environment from pollution; and
.10 the procedures for notifying the appropriate authority of environmental pollution resulting from engineering activities.
101 Relieving officers, before assuming charge of the engineering watch, shall satisfy themselves that they are fully informed by the officer being relieved, as outlined above; and:
.1 be familiar with existing and potential sources of power, heat and lighting and their distribution;
.2 know the availability and condition of ship’s fuel, lubricants and all water supplies; and
.3 be ready to prepare the ship and its machinery, as far as is possible, for stand-by or emergency conditions as required.
Part 5-3 – Performing the deck watch
102 The officer in charge of the deck watch shall:
.1 make rounds to inspect the ship at appropriate intervals;
.2 pay particular attention to:
.2.1 the condition and securing of the gangway, anchor chain and moorings, especially at the turn of the tide and in berths with a large rise and fall, if necessary, taking measures to ensure that they are in normal working condition;
.2.2 the draught, under-keel clearance and the general state of the ship, to avoid dangerous listing or trim during cargo handling or ballasting;
.2.3 the weather and sea state;
.2.4 the observance of all regulations concerning safety and fire protection;
.2.5 the water level in bilges and tanks;
.2.6 all persons on board and their location, especially those in remote or enclosed spaces; and
.2.7 the exhibition and sounding, where appropriate, of lights and signals;
.3 in bad weather, or on receiving a storm warning, take the necessary measures to protect the ship, persons on board and cargo;
.4 take every precaution to prevent pollution of the environment by the ship;
.5 in an emergency threatening the safety of the ship, raise the alarm, inform the master, take all possible measures to prevent any damage to the ship, its cargo and persons on board, and, if necessary, request assistance from the shore authorities or neighbouring ships;
.6 be aware of the ship’s stability condition so that, in the event of fire, the shore fire-fighting authority may be advised of the approximate quantity of water that can be pumped on board without endangering the ship;
.7 offer assistance to ships or persons in distress;
.8 take necessary precautions to prevent accidents or damage when propellers are to be turned; and
.9 enter, in the appropriate log-book, all important events affecting the ship.
Part 5-4 – Performing the engineering watch
103 Officers in charge of the engineering watch shall pay particular attention to:
.1 the observance of all orders, special operating procedures and regulations concerning hazardous conditions and their prevention in all areas in their charge;
.2 the instrumentation and control systems, monitoring of all power supplies, components and systems in operation;
.3 the techniques, methods and procedures necessary to prevent violation of the pollution regulations of the local authorities; and
.4 the state of the bilges.
104 Officers in charge of the engineering watch shall:
.1 in emergencies, raise the alarm when, in their opinion, the situation so demands, and take all possible measures to prevent damage to the ship, persons on board and cargo;
.2 be aware of the deck officer’s needs relating to the equipment required in the loading or unloading of the cargo and the additional requirements of the ballast and other ship stability control systems;
.3 make frequent rounds of inspection to determine possible equipment malfunction or failure, and take immediate remedial action to ensure the safety of the ship, of cargo operations, of the port and the environment;
.4 ensure that the necessary precautions are taken, within their area of responsibility, to prevent accidents or damage to the various electrical, electronic, hydraulic, pneumatic and mechanical systems of the ship; and
.5 ensure that all important events affecting the operation, adjustment or repair of the ship’s machinery are satisfactorily recorded.
Part 5-5 – Watch in port on ships carrying hazardous cargo
General
105 The master of every ship carrying cargo that is hazardous, whether explosive, flammable, toxic, health-threatening or environment-polluting, shall ensure that safe watchkeeping arrangements are maintained. On ships carrying hazardous cargo in bulk, this will be achieved by the ready availability on board of a duly qualified officer or officers, and ratings where appropriate, even when the ship is safely moored or safely at anchor in port.
106 On ships carrying hazardous cargo other than in bulk, the master shall take full account of the nature, quantity, packing and stowage of the hazardous cargo and of any special conditions on board, afloat and ashore.
Part 5-6 – Cargo watch
107 Officers with responsibility for the planning and conduct of cargo operations shall ensure that such operations are conducted safely through the control of the specific risks, including when non-ship’s personnel are involved.”
2 The part B of the Seafarers’ Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW) Code is replaced by the following:
Introduction
1 This part of the STCW Code contains recommended guidance intended to assist Parties to the STCW Convention and those involved in implementing, applying or enforcing its measures to give the Convention full and complete effect in a uniform manner.
2 The measures suggested are not mandatory and the examples given are only intended to illustrate how certain Convention requirements may be complied with. However, the recommendations in general represent an approach to the matters concerned which has been harmonized through discussion within IMO involving, where appropriate, consultation with the International Labour Organization, the International Telecommunication Union and the World Health Organization.
3 Observance of the recommendations contained in this part will assist the Organization in achieving its goal of maintaining the highest practicable standards of competence in respect of crews of all nationalities and ships of all flags.
4 Guidance is provided in this part in respect of certain articles of the Convention, in addition to guidance on certain regulations in its annex. The numbering of the sections of this part therefore corresponds with that of the articles and the regulations of the Convention. As in part A, the text of each section may be divided into numbered parts and paragraphs, but such numbering is unique to that text alone.
GUIDANCE REGARDING PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES
Section B-I
Guidance regarding general obligations under the Convention
(No provisions)
Section B-II
Guidance regarding definitions and clarifications
1 The definitions contained in article II of the Convention, and the definitions and clarifications contained in regulation I/1 of its annex, apply equally to the terms used in parts A and B of this Code. Supplementary definitions which apply only to the provisions of this Code are contained in section A-I/1.
2 The definition of certificate appearing in article II (c) provides for three possibilities:
.1 the Administration may issue the certificate;
.2 the Administration may have the certificate issued under its authority; or
.3 the Administration may recognize a certificate issued by another Party, as provided for in regulation I/10.
Section B-III
Guidance regarding the application of the Convention
1 While the definition of fishing vessel contained in article II, paragraph (h) excludes vessels used for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea from application of the Convention, vessels not engaged in the catching activity cannot enjoy such exclusion.
2 The Convention excludes all wooden ships of primitive build, including junks.
Section B-IV
Guidance regarding the communication of information
1 In paragraph (1)(b) of article IV, the words “where appropriate” are intended to include:
.1 the recognition of a certificate issued by another Party; or
.2 the issue of the Administration’s own certificate, where applicable, on the basis of recognition of a certificate issued by another Party.
Section B-V
Guidance regarding other treaties and interpretation
The word “arrangements” in paragraph (1) of article V is intended to include provisions previously established between States for the reciprocal recognition of certificates.
Section B-VI
Guidance regarding certificates
See the guidance given in sections B-I/2 and B-II.
A policy statement and an outline of the procedures to be followed should be published for the information of companies operating ships under the flag of the Administration.
Section B-VII
Guidance regarding transitional provisions
Certificates issued for service in one capacity which are currently recognized by a Party as an adequate qualification for service in another capacity, e.g., chief mate certificates recognized for service as master, should continue to be accepted as valid for such service under article VII. This acceptance also applies to such certificates issued under the provisions of paragraph (2) of article VII.
Section B-VIII
Guidance regarding dispensations
A policy statement and an outline of the procedures to be followed should be published for the information of companies operating ships under the flag of the Administration. Guidance should be provided to those officials authorized by the Administration to issue dispensations. Information on action taken should be summarized in the initial report communicated to the Secretary-General in accordance with the requirements of section A-I/7.
Section B-IX
Guidance regarding equivalents
Naval certificates may continue to be accepted and certificates of service may continue to be issued to naval officers as equivalents under article IX, provided that the requirements of the Convention are met.
Section B-X
Guidance regarding control
(No provisions – see section B-I/4.)
Section B-XI
Guidance regarding the promotion of technical co-operation
1 Governments should provide, or arrange to provide, in collaboration with IMO, assistance to States which have difficulty in meeting the requirements of the Convention and which request such assistance.
2 The importance of adequate training for masters and other personnel serving on board oil, chemical and liquefied gas tankers and ro-ro passenger ships is stressed, and it is recognized that in some cases there may be limited facilities for obtaining the required experience and providing specialized training programmes, particularly in developing countries.
Examination database
3 Parties with maritime training academies or examination centres serving several countries and wishing to establish a database of examination questions and answers are encouraged to do so, on the basis of bilateral co-operation with a country or countries which already have such a database.
Availability of maritime training simulators
4 The IMO Secretariat maintains a list of maritime training simulators, as a source of information for Parties and others on the availability of different types of simulators for training seafarers, in particular where such training facilities may not be available to them nationally.
5 Parties are urged to provide information on their national maritime training simulators to the IMO Secretariat and to update the information whenever any change or addition is made to their maritime training simulator facilities.
Information on technical co-operation
6 Information on technical advisory services, access to international training institutions affiliated with IMO, and information on fellowships and other technical co-operation which may be provided by or through IMO may be obtained by contacting the Secretary-General at 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom.
(No guidance is provided regarding articles XII to XVII.)
Section B-I/1
Guidance regarding definitions and clarifications
1 The definitions contained in article II of the Convention, and the definitions and interpretations contained in regulation I/1 of its annex, apply equally to the terms used in parts A and B of this Code. Supplementary definitions which apply only to the provisions of this Code are contained in section A-I/1.
2 Officers with capacities covered under the provisions of chapter VII may be designated as “polyvalent officer”, “dual--purpose officer” or other designations as approved by the Administration, in accordance with the terminology used in the applicable safe manning requirements.
3 Ratings qualified to serve in capacities covered under the provisions of chapter VII may be designated as “polyvalent ratings” or other designations as approved by the Administration, in accordance with the terminology used in the applicable safe manning requirements.
Section B-I/2
Guidance regarding certificates and endorsements
1 Where an endorsement is integrated in the format of a certificate as provided by section A-I/2, paragraph 1, the relevant information should be inserted in the certificate in the manner explained hereunder, except for the omission of the space numbered .2. Otherwise, in preparing endorsements attesting the issue of a certificate, the spaces numbered .1 to .17 in the form which follows the text hereunder should be completed as follows:
.1 Enter the name of the issuing State.
.2 Enter the number assigned to the certificate by the Administration.
.3 Enter the full name of the seafarer to whom the certificate is issued. The name should be the same as that appearing in the seafarer’s passport, seafarer’s identity certificate and other official documents issued by the Administration.
.4 The number or numbers of the STCW Convention regulation or regulations under which the seafarer has been found qualified should be entered here, for example:
.4.1 “Regulation II/1”, if the seafarer has been found qualified to fill the capacity of officer in charge of a navigational watch;
.4.2 “Regulation III/1”, if the seafarer has been found qualified to act as engineer officer in charge of a watch in a manned engine-room, or as designated duty engineer officer in a periodically unmanned engine-room;
.4.3 “Regulation IV/2”, if the seafarer has been found qualified to fill the capacity of radio operator;
.4.4 “Regulation VII/1”, if the certificate is a functional certificate and the seafarer has been found qualified to perform functions specified in part A of the Code, for example, the function of marine engineering at the management level; and
.4.5 “Regulations III/1 and V/1”, if found qualified to act as the engineer officer in charge of a watch in a manned engine-room, or as designated duty engineer officer in a periodically unmanned engine-room in tankers. (See limitations in paragraphs .8 and .10 below.)
.5 Enter the date of expiry of the endorsement. This date should not be later than the date of expiry, if any, of the certificate in respect of which the endorsement is issued, nor later than five years after the date of issue of the endorsement.
.6 In this column should be entered each of the functions specified in part A of the Code which the seafarer is qualified to perform. Functions and their associated levels of responsibility are specified in the tables of competence set out in chapters II, III and IV of part A of the Code, and are also listed for convenient reference in the introduction to part A. When reference is made under .4 above to regulations in chapter II, III or IV it is not necessary to list specific functions.
.7 In this column should be entered the levels of responsibility at which the seafarer is qualified to perform each of the functions entered in column .6. These levels are specified in the tables of competence set out in chapters II, III and IV of part A of the Code, and are also listed, for convenient reference, in the introduction to part A.
.8 A general limitation, such as the requirement to wear corrective lenses when performing duties, should be entered prominently at the top of this limitations column. Limitations applying to the functions listed in column .6 should be entered on the appropriate line against the function concerned, for example:
.8.1 “Not valid for service in tankers” — if not qualified under chapter V;
.8.2 “Not valid for service in tankers other than oil tankers” — if qualified under chapter V for service only in oil tankers;
.8.3 “Not valid for service in ships in which steam boilers form part of the ship’s machinery” — if the related knowledge has been omitted in accordance with STCW Code provisions; and
.8.4 “Valid only on near-coastal voyages” — if the related knowledge has been omitted in accordance with STCW Code provisions.
Note: Tonnage and power limitations need not be shown here if they are already indicated in the title of the certificate and in the capacity entered in column .9.
.9 The capacity or capacities entered in this column should be those specified in the title to the STCW regulation or regulations concerned in the case of certificates issued under chapter II or III, or should be as specified in the applicable safe manning requirements of the Administration, as appropriate.
.10 A general limitation, such as the requirement to wear corrective lenses when performing duties, should be entered prominently at the top of this limitations column also. The limitations entered in column .10 should be the same as those shown in column .8 for the functions performed in each capacity entered.
.11 The number entered in this space should be that of the certificate, so that both certificate and endorsement have the same unique number for reference and for location in the register of certificates and/or endorsements, etc.
.12 The date of original issue of the endorsement should be entered here; it may be the same as, or differ from, the date of issue of the certificate, in accordance with the circumstances.
.13 The name of the official authorized to issue the endorsement should be shown here in block letters below the official’s signature.
.14 The date of birth shown should be the date confirmed from Administration records or as otherwise verified.
.15 The endorsement should be signed by the seafarer in the presence of an official, or may be incorporated from the seafarer’s application form duly completed and verified.
.16 The photograph should be a standard black and white or colour passport-type head and shoulders photograph, supplied in duplicate by the seafarer so that one may be kept in or associated with the register of certificates.
.17 If the blocks for revalidation are shown as part of the endorsement form (see section A-I/2, paragraph 1), the Administration may revalidate the endorsement by completing the block after the seafarer has demonstrated continuing proficiency as required by regulation I/11.
2 An endorsement attesting the recognition of a certificate may be attached to and form part of the certificate endorsed, or may be issued as a separate document (see STCW regulation I/2, paragraph 8). All entries made in the form are required to be in Roman characters and Arabic figures (see STCW regulation I/2, paragraph 10). The spaces numbered .1 to .17 in the form which follows the text hereunder are intended to be completed as indicated in paragraph 1 above, except in respect of the following spaces:
.2 where the number assigned by the Party which issued the certificate being recognized should be entered;
.3 where the name entered should be the same as that appearing in the certificate being recognized;
.4 where the name of the Party which issued the certificate being recognized should be entered;
.9 where the capacity or capacities entered should be selected, as appropriate, from those specified in the safe applicable manning requirements of the Administration which is recognizing the certificate;
.11 where the number entered should be unique to the endorsement both for reference and for location in the register of endorsements; and
.12 where the date of original issue of the endorsement should be entered.
3 When replacing a certificate or endorsement which has been lost or destroyed, Parties should issue the replacement under a new number, to avoid confusion with the document to be replaced.
4 If an application for revalidation is made within six months before the expiry of an endorsement, the endorsement referred to in paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of regulation I/2 may be revalidated until:
.1 the fifth anniversary of the date of validity, or extension of the validity, of the endorsement; or
.2 the date the certificate endorsed expires, whichever is earlier.
5 Where a Certificate of Proficiency is issued, it should contain at least the following information:
.1 names of the issuing Party and authority;
.2 number assigned to the certificate by the issuing authority;
.3 full name and date of birth of the seafarer to whom the certificate is issued. The name and birthdate should be the same as that appearing in the seafarer’s passport or seafarer’s identification document;
.4 title of the certificate. For example, if the certificate is issued in relation to regulation VI/3, paragraph 2, the title used should be “advanced fire fighting” and if it is issued in relation to regulation VI/5, paragraph 1, the title used should be “ship security officer”;
.5 number, or numbers, of the Convention regulation(s) or of the STCW Code section under which the seafarer has been found qualified;
.6 dates of issue and expiry of the certificate. If the validity of the certificate is unlimited, then, for the benefit of clarification, the “unlimited” term should be entered in front of the date of expiry;
.7 if applicable, limitations, either general limitation (such as the requirement to wear corrective lenses), ship’s type limitation (such as “valid only for service on ships of GT<500”) or, voyage limitation (such as “valid only on near-coastal voyages”);
.8 name and signature of the authorized person who issues the certificate;
.9 photograph of the seafarer. The photograph should be a standard black and white or colour passport-type head and shoulders photograph;
.10 if the certificate is intended to be revalidated, then the date of revalidation, extension of the validity, name and signature of the authorized person; and
.11 the contact details of the issuing Authority.
The list below identifies all certificates or documentary evidence described in the Convention which authorize the holder to serve in certain functions on board ships. The certificates are subject to the requirements of regulation I/2 regarding language and their availability in original form.
The list also references the relevant regulations and the requirements for endorsement, registration and revalidation.
|
Regulations |
Type of certificate and brief description |
Endorsement attesting recognition of a certificate1 |
Registration required2 |
Revalidation of certificate3 |
|
II/1, II/2, II/3, III/1, III/2, III/3, |
Certificate of Competency – For masters, officers and GMDSS radio operators |
Yes |
Yes |
Yes |
|
II/4, III/4, VII/2 |
Certificate of Proficiency – For ratings duly certified to be a part of a navigational or engine-room watch |
No |
Yes |
No |
|
II/5, III/5, III/7, |
Certificate of Proficiency – For ratings duly certified as able seafarer deck, able seafarer engine or electro-technical rating |
No |
Yes |
No |
|
V/1-1, V/1-2 |
Certificate of Proficiency or endorsement to a Certificate of Competency – For masters and officers on oil, chemical or liquefied gas tankers |
Yes |
Yes |
Yes |
|
V/1-1, V/1-2 |
Certificate of Proficiency – For ratings on oil, chemical or liquefied gas tankers |
No |
Yes |
No |
|
V/2 |
Documentary evidence – Training for masters, officers, ratings and other personnel serving on passenger ships |
No |
No |
No4 |
|
VI/1 |
Certificate of Proficiency5 – Basic training |
No |
Yes |
Yes6 |
|
VI/2 |
Certificate of Proficiency5 – Survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescue boats |
No |
Yes |
Yes6 |
|
VI/3 |
Certificate of Proficiency5 – Advanced fire fighting |
No |
Yes |
Yes6 |
|
VI/4 |
Certificate of Proficiency5 – Medical first aid and medical care |
No |
Yes |
No |
|
VI/5 |
Certificate of Proficiency – Ship security officer |
No |
Yes |
No |
|
VI/6 |
Certificate of Proficiency7 – Security awareness training or security training for seafarers with designated security duties |
No |
Yes |
No |
Notes:
Section B-I/3
Guidance regarding near-coastal voyages
Coastal States may adopt regional “near-coastal voyage limits” through bilateral or multilateral arrangements. Details of such arrangements shall be reported to the Secretary-General, who shall circulate such particulars to all Parties.
Section B-I/4
Guidance regarding control procedure
Introduction
1 The purpose of the control procedures of regulation I/4 is to enable officers duly authorized by port States to ensure that the seafarers on board have sufficient competence to ensure safe, secure and pollution-free operation of the ship.
2 This provision is no different in principle from the need to make checks on ships’ structures and equipment. Indeed, it builds on these inspections to make an appraisal of the total system of onboard safety, security and pollution prevention.
Assessment
3 By restricting assessment as indicated in section A-I/4, the subjectivity which is an unavoidable element in all control procedures is reduced to a minimum, no more than would be evident in other types of control inspection.
4 The clear grounds given in regulation I/4, paragraph 1.3 will usually be sufficient to direct the inspector’s attention to specific areas of competency, which could then be followed up by seeking evidence of training in the skills in question. If this evidence is inadequate or unconvincing, the authorized officer may ask to observe a demonstration of the relevant skill.
5 It will be a matter for the professional judgement of the inspector when on board, either following an incident as outlined in regulation I/4 or for the purposes of a routine inspection, whether the ship is operated in a manner likely to pose a danger to persons, property or the environment .
Section B-I/5
Guidance regarding national provisions
(No provisions)
Section B-I/6
Guidance regarding training and assessment
Qualifications of instructors and assessors
1 Each Party should ensure that instructors and assessors are appropriately qualified and experienced for the particular types and levels of training or assessment of competence of seafarers, as required under the Convention, in accordance with the guidelines in this section.
In-service training and assessment
2 Any person, on board or ashore, conducting in-service training of a seafarer intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have received appropriate guidance in instructional techniques .
3 Any person responsible for the supervision of in-service training of a seafarer intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have appropriate knowledge of instructional techniques and of training methods and practice.
4 Any person, on board or ashore, conducting an in--service assessment of the competence of a seafarer intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have:
.1 received appropriate guidance in assessment methods and practice; and
.2 gained practical assessment experience under the supervision and to the satisfaction of an experienced assessor.
5 Any person responsible for the supervision of the in--service assessment of competence of a seafarer intended to be used in qualifying for certification under the Convention should have a full understanding of the assessment system, assessment methods and practice .
Use of distance learning and e-learning
6 Parties may allow the training of seafarers by distance learning and e-learning in accordance with the standards of training and assessment set out in section A-I/6 and the guidance given below.
Guidance for training by distance learning and e-learning
7 Each Party should ensure that any distance learning and e-learning programme:
.1 is provided by an entity that is approved by the Party;
.2 is suitable for the selected objectives and training tasks to meet the competence level for the subject covered;
.3 has clear and unambiguous instructions for the trainees to understand how the programme operates;
.4 provides learning outcomes that meet all the requirements to provide the underpinning knowledge and proficiency of the subject;
.5 is structured in a way that enables the trainee to systematically reflect on what has been learnt through both self assessment and tutor-marked assignments; and
.6 provides professional tutorial support through telephone, facsimile or e-mail communications.
8 Companies should ensure that a safe learning environment is provided and that there has been sufficient time provided to enable the trainee to study.
9 Where e-learning is provided, common information formats such as XML (Extensible Markup Language), which is a flexible way to share both the format and the data on the World Wide Web, intranets, and elsewhere, should be used.
10 The e-learning system should be secured from tampering and attempts to hack into the system.
Guidance for assessing a trainee’s progress and achievements by training by distance learning and e-learning
11 Each Party should ensure that approved assessment procedures are provided for any distance learning and e--learning programme, including:
.1 clear information to the trainees on the way that tests and examinations are conducted and how the results are communicated;
.2 have test questions that are comprehensive and will adequately assess a trainee’s competence and are appropriate to the level being examined;
.3 procedures in place to ensure questions are kept up to date;
.4 the conditions where the examinations can take place and the procedures for invigilation to be conducted;
.5 secure procedures for the examination system so that it will prevent cheating; and
.6 secure validation procedures to record results for the benefit of the Party.
Register of approved training providers, courses and programmes
12 Each Party should ensure that a register or registers of approved training providers, courses and programmes are maintained and made available to companies and other Parties on request.
Section B-I/7
Guidance regarding communication of information
Reports of difficulties encountered
1 Parties are encouraged, when communicating information in accordance with article IV and regulation I/7 of the Convention, to include an index specifically locating the required information as follows:
Article IV of the STCW Convention Location
1 Text of laws, decrees, orders, regulations and
instruments
(article IV(1)(a))
2 Details on study courses
(article IV(1)(b))
3 National examination and other requirements
(article IV(1)(b))
4 Specimen certificates
(article IV(1)(c))
Section A-I/7 part 1 of the STCW Code Location
5 Information on Governmental organization
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.1)
6 Explanation of legal and administrative measures
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.2)
7 Statement of the education, training, examination, assessment and certification policies
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.3)
8 Summary of the courses, training programmes, examinations and assessments by certificate
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.4)
9 Outline of the procedures and conditions for authorizations, accreditations and approvals
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.5)
10 List of authorizations, accreditations and approvals granted
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.5)
11 Summary of procedures for dispensations
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.6)
12 Comparison carried out pursuant to regulation I/11
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.7)
13 Outline of refresher and upgrading training mandated
(section A-I/7, paragraph 2.7)
|
Section A-I/7, part 2, paragraph 3 of the STCW Code |
Location |
14 Description of equivalency arrangements adopted pursuant to article IX
(section A-I/7, paragraph 3.1)
15 Summary of measures taken to ensure compliance with regulation I/10
(section A-I/7, paragraph 3.2)
16 Specimen copy of safe manning documents issued to ships employing seafarers holding alternative certificates under regulation VII/1
(section A-I/7, paragraph 3.3)
|
Section A-I/7, part 2, paragraph 4 of the STCW Code |
Location |
17 Report of results of independent evaluations carried out pursuant to regulation I/8 covering:
.1 Terms of reference of evaluators for the independent evaluation
.2 Qualifications and experience of evaluators
.3 Date and scope of evaluation
.4 Non-conformities found
.5 Corrective measures recommended
.6 Corrective measures carried out
.7 List of training institutions/centres covered by the independent evaluation
|
Section A-I/7, part 2, paragraph 6 of the STCW Code |
Location |
18 Explanation of legal and administrative measures
(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.1)
19 Statement of the education, training, examination, assessment and certification policies
(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.2)
20 Summary of the courses, training programmes, examinations and assessments by certificate
(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.3)
21 Outline of refresher and upgrading training mandated
(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.4)
22 Comparison carried out pursuant to regulation I/11
(section A-I/7, paragraph 6.5)
2 Parties are requested to include, in the reports required by regulation I/7, an indication of any relevant guidance contained in part B of this Code, the observance of which has been found to be impracticable.
Section B-I/8
Guidance regarding quality standards
1 In applying quality standards under the provisions of regulation I/8 and section A-I/8 to the administration of its certification system, each Party should take account of existing national or international models, and incorporate the following key elements:
.1 an expressed policy regarding quality and the means by which such policy is to be implemented;
.2 a quality system incorporating the organizational structure, responsibilities, procedures, processes and resources necessary for quality management;
.3 the operational techniques and activities to ensure quality control;
.4 systematic monitoring arrangements, including internal quality-assurance evaluations, to ensure that all defined objectives are being achieved; and
.5 arrangements for periodic external quality evaluations as described in the following paragraphs.
2 In establishing such quality standards for the administration of their national certification system, Administrations should seek to ensure that the arrangements adopted:
.1 are sufficiently flexible to enable the certification system to take account of the varying needs of the industry, and that they facilitate and encourage the application of new technology;
.2 cover all the administrative matters that give effect to the various provisions of the Convention, in particular regulations I/2 to I/15 and other provisions which enable the Administration to grant certificates of service and dispensations and to withdraw, cancel and suspend certificates;
.3 encompass the Administration’s responsibilities for approving training and assessment at all levels, from undergraduate-type courses and updating courses for certificates of competency to short courses of vocational training; and
.4 incorporate arrangements for the internal quality-assurance reviews under paragraph 1.4 involving a comprehensive self-study of the administrative procedures, at all levels, in order to measure achievement of defined objectives and to provide the basis for the independent external evaluation required under section A-I/8, paragraph 3.
Quality standards model for assessment of knowledge, understanding, skills and competence
3 The quality standards model for assessment of knowledge, understanding, skills and competence should incorporate the recommendations of this section within the general framework of either:
.1 a national scheme for education and training accreditation or quality standards; or
.2 an alternative quality-standards model acceptable to the Organization.
4 The above quality-standards model should incorporate:
.1 a quality policy, including a commitment by the training institution or unit to the achievement of its stated aims and objectives and to the consequential recognition by the relevant accrediting or quality--standards authority;
.2 those quality-management functions that determine and implement the quality policy, relating to aspects of the work which impinge on the quality of what is provided, including provisions for determining progression within a course or programme;
.3 quality system coverage, where appropriate, of the academic and administrative organizational structure, responsibilities, procedures, processes and the resources of staff and equipment;
.4 the quality-control functions to be applied at all levels to the teaching, training, examination and assessment activities, and to their organization and implementation, in order to ensure their fitness for their purpose and the achievement of their defined objectives;
.5 the internal quality-assurance processes and reviews which monitor the extent to which the institution, or training unit, is achieving the objectives of the programmes it delivers, and is effectively monitoring the quality-control procedures which it employs; and
.6 the arrangements made for periodic external quality evaluations required under regulation I/8, paragraph 2 and described in the following paragraphs, for which the outcome of the quality-assurance reviews forms the basis and starting point.
5 In establishing quality standards for education, training and assessment programmes, the organizations responsible for implementing these programmes should take account of the following:
.1 Where provisions exist for established national accreditation, or education quality standards, such provisions should be utilized for courses incorporating the knowledge and understanding requirements of the Convention. The quality standards should be applied to both management and operational levels of the activity, and should take account of how it is managed, organized, undertaken and evaluated, in order to ensure that the identified goals are achieved.
.2 Where acquisition of a particular skill or accomplishment of a designated task is the primary objective, the quality standards should take account of whether real or simulated equipment is utilized for this purpose, and of the appropriateness of the qualifications and experience of the assessors, in order to ensure achievement of the set standards.
.3 The internal quality-assurance evaluations should involve a comprehensive self-study of the programme, at all levels, to monitor achievement of defined objectives through the application of quality standards. These quality-assurance reviews should address the planning, design, presentation and evaluation of programmes as well as the teaching, learning and communication activities. The outcome provides the basis for the independent evaluation required under section A-I/8, paragraph 3.
The independent evaluation
6 Each independent evaluation should include a systematic and independent examination of all quality activities, but should not evaluate the validity of the defined objectives. The evaluation team should:
.1 carry out the evaluation in accordance with documented procedures;
.2 ensure that the results of each evaluation are documented and brought to the attention of those responsible for the area evaluated; and
.3 check that timely action is taken to correct any deficiencies.
7 The purpose of the evaluation is to provide an independent assessment of the effectiveness of the quality-standard arrangements at all levels. In the case of an education or training establishment, a recognized academic accreditation or quality--standards body or Government agency should be used. The evaluation team should be provided with sufficient advance information to give an overview of the tasks in hand. In the case of a major training institution or programme, the following items are indicative of the information to be provided:
.1 the mission statement of the institution;
.2 details of academic and training strategies in use;
.3 an organization chart and information on the composition of committees and advisory bodies;
.4 staff and student information;
.5 a description of training facilities and equipment; and
.6 an outline of the policies and procedures on:
.6.1 student admission;
.6.2 the development of new courses and review of existing courses;
.6.3 the examination system, including appeals and resits;
.6.4 staff recruitment, training, development, appraisal and promotion;
.6.5 feedback from students and from industry; and
.6.6 staff involvement in research and development.
The report
8 Before submitting a final report, the evaluation team should forward an interim report to the management, seeking their comments on their findings. Upon receiving their comments, the evaluators should submit their final report, which should:
.1 include brief background information about the institution or training programme;
.2 be full, fair and accurate;
.3 highlight the strengths and weaknesses of the institution;
.4 describe the evaluation procedure followed;
.5 cover the various elements identified in paragraph 4;
.6 indicate the extent of compliance or non-compliance with the requirements of the Convention and the effectiveness of the quality standards in ensuring achievement of defined aims and objectives; and
.7 spell out clearly the areas found to be deficient, offer suggestions for improvement and provide any other comments the evaluators consider relevant.
Section B-I/9
Guidance regarding medical standards
MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND CERTIFICATION
1 Parties, in establishing seafarer medical fitness standards and provisions, should take into account the minimum physical abilities set out in table B-I/9 and the guidance given within this section, bearing in mind the different duties of seafarers.
2 Parties, in establishing seafarer medical fitness standards and provisions, should follow the guidance contained in the ILO/WHO publication Guidelines for Conducting Pre-sea and Periodic Medical Fitness Examinations for Seafarers, including any subsequent versions, and any other applicable international guidelines published by the International Labour Organization, the International Maritime Organization or the World Health Organization.
3 Appropriate qualifications and experience for medical practitioners conducting medical fitness examinations of seafarers may include occupational health or maritime health qualifications, experience of working as a ship’s doctor or a shipping company doctor or working under the supervision of someone with the aforementioned qualifications or experience.
4 The premises where medical fitness examinations are carried out should have the facilities and equipment required to carry out medical fitness examination of seafarers.
5 Administrations should ensure that recognized medical practitioners enjoy full professional independence in exercising their medical judgement when undertaking medical examination procedures.
6 Persons applying for a medical certificate should present to the recognized medical practitioner appropriate identity documentation to establish their identity. They should also surrender their previous medical certificate.
7 Each Administration has the discretionary authority to grant a variance or waiver of any of the standards set out in table B-I/9 hereunder, based on an assessment of a medical evaluation and any other relevant information concerning an individual’s adjustment to the condition and proven ability to satisfactorily perform assigned shipboard functions.
8 The medical fitness standards should, so far as possible, define objective criteria with regard to fitness for sea service, taking into account access to medical facilities and medical expertise on board ship. They should, in particular, specify the conditions under which seafarers suffering from potentially life-threatening medical conditions that are controlled by medication may be allowed to continue to serve at sea.
9 The medical standards should also identify particular medical conditions, such as colour blindness, which might preclude seafarers holding particular positions on board ship.
10 The minimum in-service eyesight standards in each eye for unaided distance vision should be at least 0.1.
11 Persons requiring the use of spectacles or contact lenses to perform duties should have a spare pair or pairs, as required, conveniently available on board the ship. Any need to wear visual aids to meet the required standards should be recorded on the medical fitness certificate issued.
12 Colour vision testing should be in accordance with the International Recommendation for Colour Vision Requirements for Transport, published by the Commission Internationale de l’Eclairage (CIE 143-2001 including any subsequent versions) or equivalent test methods.
|
Shipboard task, function, event or condition3 |
Related physical ability |
A medical examiner should be satisfied that the candidate4 |
|
Routine movement around vessel: |
Maintain balance and move with agility |
Has no disturbance in sense of balance |
|
Routine tasks on board: |
Strength, dexterity and |
Does not have a defined impairment or diagnosed medical condition that reduces ability to perform routine duties essential to the safe operation of the vessel |
|
Emergency duties 6 on board: |
Don a lifejacket or |
Does not have a defined impairment or diagnosed medical condition that reduces ability to perform emergency duties essential to the safe operation of the vessel |
Notes:
Section B-I/10
Guidance regarding the recognition of certificates
1 Training carried out under the STCW Convention which does not lead to the issue of a certificate of competency and on which information provided by a Party is found by the Maritime Safety Committee to give full and complete effect to the Convention in accordance with regulation I/7, paragraph 2 may be accepted by other Parties to the Convention as meeting the relevant training requirements thereof.
2 Contacted Administrations should issue the documentary proof referred to in regulation I/10, paragraph 5 to enable port State control authorities to accept the same in lieu of endorsement of a certificate issued by another Party for a period of three months from the date of issue, providing the information listed below:
.1 seafarer’s name
.2 date of birth
.3 number of the original Certificate of Competency
.4 capacity
.5 limitations
.6 contact details of the Administration
.7 dates of issue and expiry.
3 Such documentary proof may be made available by electronic means.
Section B-I/11
Guidance regarding the revalidation of certificates
1 The courses required by regulation I/11 should include relevant changes in marine legislation, technology and recommendations concerning the safety of life at sea, security and the protection of the marine environment.
2 A test may take the form of written or oral examination, the use of a simulator or other appropriate means.
3 Approved seagoing service stated in section A-I/11, paragraph 1 may be served in an appropriate lower officer rank than that stated in the certificate held.
4 If an application for revalidation of a certificate referred to in paragraph 1 of regulation I/11 is made within six months before expiry of the certificate, the certificate may be revalidated until the fifth anniversary of the date of validity, or extension of the validity, of the certificate.
Section B-I/12
Guidance regarding the use of simulators
1 When simulators are being used for training or assessment of competency, the following guidelines should be taken into consideration in conducting any such training or assessment.
TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT IN RADAR OBSERVATION AND PLOTTING
2 Training and assessment in radar observation and plotting should:
.1 incorporate the use of radar simulation equipment; and
.2 conform to standards not inferior to those given in paragraphs 3 to 17 below.
3 Demonstrations of and practice in radar observation should be undertaken, where appropriate, on live marine radar equipment, including the use of simulators. Plotting exercises should preferably be undertaken in real time, in order to increase trainees’ awareness of the hazards of the improper use of radar data and improve their plotting techniques to a standard of radar plotting commensurate with that necessary for the safe execution of collision-avoidance manoeuvring under actual seagoing conditions.
General
Factors affecting performance and accuracy
4 An elementary understanding should be attained of the principles of radar, together with a full practical knowledge of:
.1 range and bearing measurement, characteristics of the radar set which determine the quality of the radar display, radar antennae, polar diagrams, the effects of power radiated in directions outside the main beam, a non-technical description of the radar system, including variations in the features encountered in different types of radar set, performance monitors and equipment factors which affect maximum and minimum detection ranges and accuracy of information;
.2 the current marine radar performance specification adopted by the Organization;
.3 the effects of the siting of the radar antenna, shadow sectors and arcs of reduced sensitivity, false echoes, effects of antenna height on detection ranges and of siting radar units and storing spares near magnetic compasses, including magnetic safe distances; and
.4 radiation hazards and safety precautions to be taken in the vicinity of antennae and open waveguides.
Detection of misrepresentation of information, including false echoes and sea returns
5 A knowledge of the limitations to target detection is essential, to enable the observer to estimate the dangers of failure to detect targets. The following factors should be emphasized:
.1 performance standard of the equipment;
.2 brilliance, gain and video processor control settings;
.3 radar horizon;
.4 size, shape, aspect and composition of targets;
.5 effects of the motion of the ship in a seaway;
.6 propagation conditions;
.7 meteorological conditions; sea clutter and rain clutter;
.8 anti-clutter control settings;
.9 shadow sectors; and
.10 radar-to-radar interference.
6 A knowledge should be attained of factors which might lead to faulty interpretation, including false echoes, effects of nearby pylons and large structures, effects of power lines crossing rivers and estuaries, echoes from distant targets occurring on second or later traces.
7 A knowledge should be attained of aids to interpretation, including corner reflectors and radar beacons; detection and recognition of land targets; the effects of topographical features; effects of pulse length and beam width; radar-conspicuous and -inconspicuous targets; factors which affect the echo strength from targets.
Practice
Setting up and maintaining displays
8 A knowledge should be attained of:
.1 the various types of radar display mode; unstabilized ship’s-head-up relative motion; ship’s-head-up, course-up and north-up stabilized relative motion and true motion;
.2 the effects of errors on the accuracy of information displayed; effects of transmitting compass errors on stabilized and true-motion displays; effects of transmitting log errors on a true-motion display; and the effects of inaccurate manual speed settings on a true-motion display;
.3 methods of detecting inaccurate speed settings on true-motion controls; the effects of receiver noise limiting the ability to display weak echo returns, and the effects of saturation by receiver noise, etc.; the adjustment of operational controls; criteria which indicate optimum points of adjustment; the importance of proper adjustment sequence, and the effects of maladjusted controls; the detection of maladjustments and corrections of:
.3.1 controls affecting detection ranges; and
.3.2 controls affecting accuracy;
.4 the dangers of using radar equipment with maladjusted controls; and
.5 the need for frequent regular checking of performance, and the relationship of the performance indicator to the range performance of the radar set.
Range and bearing
9 A knowledge should be attained of:
.1 the methods of measuring ranges; fixed range markers and variable range markers;
.2 the accuracy of each method and the relative accuracy of the different methods;
.3 how range data are displayed; ranges at stated intervals, digital counter and graduated scale;
.4 the methods of measuring bearings; rotatable cursor on transparent disc covering the display, electronic bearing cursor and other methods;
.5 bearing accuracy and inaccuracies caused by parallax, heading marker displacement, centre maladjustment;
.6 how bearing data are displayed; graduated scale and digital counter; and
.7 the need for regular checking of the accuracy of ranges and bearings, methods of checking for inaccuracies and correcting or allowing for inaccuracies.
Plotting techniques and relative-motion concepts
10 Practice should be provided in manual plotting techniques, including the use of reflection plotters, with the objective of establishing a thorough understanding of the interrelated motion between own ship and other ships, including the effects of manoeuvring to avoid collision. At the preliminary stages of this training, simple plotting exercises should be designed to establish a sound appreciation of plotting geometry and relative-motion concepts. The degree of complexity of exercises should increase throughout the training course until the trainee has mastered all aspects of the subject. Competence can best be enhanced by exposing the trainee to real-time exercises performed on a simulator or using other effective means.
Identification of critical echoes
11 A thorough understanding should be attained of:
.1 position fixing by radar from land targets and sea marks;
.2 the accuracy of position fixing by ranges and by bearings;
.3 the importance of cross-checking the accuracy of radar against other navigational aids; and
.4 the value of recording ranges and bearings at frequent, regular intervals when using radar as an aid to collision avoidance.
Course and speed of other ships
12 A thorough understanding should be attained of:
.1 the different methods by which course and speed of other ships can be obtained from recorded ranges and bearings, including:
.1.1 the unstabilized relative plot;
.1.2 the stabilized relative plot; and
.1.3 the true plot; and
.2 the relationship between visual and radar observations, including detail and the accuracy of estimates of course and speed of other ships, and the detection of changes in movements of other ships.
Time and distance of closest approach of crossing, meeting or overtaking ships
13 A thorough understanding should be attained of:
.1 the use of recorded data to obtain:
.1.1 measurement of closest approach distance and bearing;
.1.2 time to closest approach; and
.2 the importance of frequent, regular observations.
Detecting course and speed changes of other ships
14 A thorough understanding should be attained of:
.1 the effects of changes of course and/or speed by other ships on their tracks across the display;
.2 the delay between change of course or speed and detection of that change; and
.3 the hazards of small changes as compared with substantial changes of course or speed in relation to rate and accuracy of detection.
Effects of changes in own ship’s course or speed or both
15 A thorough understanding of the effects on a relative-motion display of own ship’s movements, and the effects of other ships’ movements and the advantages of compass stabilization of a relative display.
16 In respect of true-motion displays, a thorough understanding should be attained of:
.1 the effects of inaccuracies of:
.1.1 speed and course settings; and
.1.2 compass stabilization data driving a stabilized relative-motion display;
.2 the effects of changes in course or speed or both by own ship on tracks of other ships on the display; and
.3 the relationship of speed to frequency of observations.
Application of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended
17 A thorough understanding should be attained of the relationship of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended to the use of radar, including:
.1 action to avoid collision, dangers of assumptions made on inadequate information and the hazards of small alterations of course or speed;
.2 the advantages of safe speed when using radar to avoid collision;
.3 the relationship of speed to closest approach distance and time and to the manoeuvring characteristics of various types of ships;
.4 the importance of radar observation reports and radar reporting procedures being well defined;
.5 the use of radar in clear weather, to obtain an appreciation of its capabilities and limitations, compare radar and visual observations and obtain an assessment of the relative accuracy of information;
.6 the need for early use of radar in clear weather at night and when there are indications that visibility may deteriorate;
.7 comparison of features displayed by radar with charted features; and
.8 comparison of the effects of differences between range scales.
TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT IN THE OPERATIONAL USE OF AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING AIDS (ARPA)
18 Training and assessment in the operational use of automatic radar plotting aids (ARPA) should:
.1 require prior completion of the training in radar observation and plotting or combine that training with the training given in paragraphs 19 to 35 below;
.2 incorporate the use of ARPA simulation equipment; and
.3 conform to standards not inferior to those given in paragraphs 19 to 35 below.
19 Where ARPA training is provided as part of the general training under the 1978 STCW Convention, masters, chief mates and officers in charge of a navigational watch should understand the factors involved in decision-making based on the information supplied by ARPA in association with other navigational data inputs, having a similar appreciation of the operational aspects and of system errors of modern electronic navigational systems, including ECDIS. This training should be progressive in nature, commensurate with the responsibilities of the individual and the certificates issued by Parties under the 1978 STCW Convention.
Theory and demonstration
Possible risks of over-reliance on ARPA
20 Appreciation that ARPA is only a navigational aid and:
.1 that its limitations, including those of its sensors, make over-reliance on ARPA dangerous, in particular for keeping a look-out; and
.2 the need to observe at all times the Principles to be observed in keeping a navigational watch and the Guidance on keeping a navigational watch.
Principal types of ARPA systems and their display characteristics
21 Knowledge of the principal types of ARPA systems in use; their various display characteristics and an understanding of when to use ground- or sea-stabilized modes and north-up, course-up or head-up presentations.
IMO performance standards for ARPA
22 An appreciation of the IMO performance standards for ARPA, in particular the standards relating to accuracy.
Factors affecting system performance and accuracy
23 Knowledge of ARPA sensor input performance parameters — radar, compass and speed inputs and the effects of sensor malfunction on the accuracy of ARPA data.
24 Knowledge of:
.1 the effects of the limitations of radar range and bearing discrimination and accuracy and the limitations of compass and speed input accuracies on the accuracy of ARPA data; and
.2 factors which influence vector accuracy.
Tracking capabilities and limitations
25 Knowledge of:
1 the criteria for the selection of targets by automatic acquisition;
.2 the factors leading to the correct choice of targets for manual acquisition;
.3 the effects on tracking of “lost” targets and target fading; and
.4 the circumstances causing “target swap” and its effects on displayed data.
Processing delays
26 Knowledge of the delays inherent in the display of processed ARPA information, particularly on acquisition and re-acquisition or when a tracked target manoeuvres.
Operational warnings, their benefits and limitations
27 Appreciation of the uses, benefits and limitations of ARPA operational warnings and their correct setting, where applicable, to avoid spurious interference.
System operational tests
28 Knowledge of:
.1 methods of testing for malfunctions of ARPA systems, including functional self-testing; and
.2 precautions to be taken after a malfunction occurs.
Manual and automatic acquisition of targets and their respective limitations
29 Knowledge of the limits imposed on both types of acquisition in multi-target scenarios, and the effects on acquisition of target fading and target swap.
True and relative vectors and typical graphic representation of target information and danger areas
30 Thorough knowledge of true and relative vectors; derivation of targets’ true courses and speeds, including:
.1 threat assessment, derivation of predicted closest point of approach and predicted time to closest point of approach from forward extrapolation of vectors, the use of graphic representation of danger areas;
.2 the effects of alterations of course and/or speed of own ship and/or targets on predicted closest point of approach and predicted time to closest point of approach and danger areas;
.3 the effects of incorrect vectors and danger areas; and
.4 the benefit of switching between true and relative vectors.
Information on past positions of targets being tracked
31 Knowledge of the derivation of past positions of targets being tracked, recognition of historic data as a means of indicating recent manoeuvring of targets and as a method of checking the validity of the ARPA’s tracking.
Practice
Setting up and maintaining displays
32 Ability to demonstrate:
.1 the correct starting procedure to obtain the optimum display of ARPA information;
.2 the selection of display presentation; stabilized relative-motion displays and true-motion displays;
.3 the correct adjustment of all variable radar display controls for optimum display of data;
.4 the selection, as appropriate, of required speed input to ARPA;
.5 the selection of ARPA plotting controls, manual/automatic acquisition, vector/graphic display of data;
.6 the selection of the timescale of vectors/graphics;
.7 the use of exclusion areas when automatic acquisition is employed by ARPA; and
.8 performance checks of radar, compass, speed input sensors and ARPA.
System operational tests
33 Ability to perform system checks and determine data accuracy of ARPA, including the trial manoeuvre facility, by checking against basic radar plot.
Obtaining information from the ARPA display
34 Demonstrate the ability to obtain information in both relative- and true-motion modes of display, including:
.1 the identification of critical echoes;
.2 the speed and direction of target’s relative movement;
.3 the time to, and predicted range at, target’s closest point of approach;
.4 the courses and speeds of targets;
.5 detecting course and speed changes of targets and the limitations of such information;
.6 the effect of changes in own ship’s course or speed or both; and
.7 the operation of the trial manoeuvre facility.
Application of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended
35 Analysis of potential collision situations from displayed information, determination and execution of action to avoid close-quarters situations in accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended, in force.
TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT IN THE OPERATIONAL USE OF ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS (ECDIS)
Introduction
36 When simulators are being used for training or assessment in the operational use of Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems (ECDIS), the following interim guidance should be taken into consideration in any such training or assessment.
37 Training and assessment in the operational use of the ECDIS should:
.1 incorporate the use of ECDIS simulation equipment; and
.2 conform to standards not inferior to those given in paragraphs 38 to 65 below.
38 ECDIS simulation equipment should, in addition to meeting all applicable performance standards set out in section A-I/12 of the STCW Code, as amended, be capable of simulating navigational equipment and bridge operational controls which meet all applicable performance standards adopted by the Organization, incorporate facilities to generate soundings and:
.1 create a real-time operating environment, including navigation control and communications instruments and equipment appropriate to the navigation and watchkeeping tasks to be carried out and the manoeuvring skills to be assessed; and
.2 realistically simulate “own ship” characteristics in open-water conditions, as well as the effects of weather, tidal stream and currents.
39 Demonstrations of, and practice in, ECDIS use should be undertaken, where appropriate, through the use of simulators. Training exercises should preferably be undertaken in real time, in order to increase trainees’ awareness of the hazards of the improper use of ECDIS. Accelerated timescale may be used only for demonstrations.
General
Goals of an ECDIS training programme
40 The ECDIS trainee should be able to:
.1 operate the ECDIS equipment, use the navigational functions of ECDIS, select and assess all relevant information and take proper action in the case of a malfunction;
.2 state the potential errors of displayed data and the usual errors of interpretation; and
.3 explain why ECDIS should not be relied upon as the sole reliable aid to navigation.
Theory and demonstration
41 As the safe use of ECDIS requires knowledge and understanding of the basic principles governing ECDIS data and their presentation rules as well as potential errors in displayed data and ECDIS-related limitations and potential dangers, a number of lectures covering the theoretical explanation should be provided. As far as possible, such lessons should be presented within a familiar context and make use of practical examples. They should be reinforced during simulator exercises.
42 For safe operation of ECDIS equipment and ECDIS-related information (use of the navigational functions of ECDIS, selection and assessment of all relevant information, becoming familiar with ECDIS man–machine interfacing), practical exercises and training on the ECDIS simulators should constitute the main content of the course.
43 For the definition of training objectives, a structure of activities should be defined. A detailed specification of learning objectives should be developed for each topic of this structure.
Simulator exercises
44 Exercises should be carried out on individual ECDIS simulators, or full-mission navigation simulators including ECDIS, to enable trainees to acquire the necessary practical skills. For real-time navigation exercises, navigation simulators are recommended to cover the complex navigation situation. The exercises should provide training in the use of the various scales, navigational modes, and display modes which are available, so that the trainees will be able to adapt the use of the equipment to the particular situation concerned.
45 The choice of exercises and scenarios is governed by the simulator facilities available. If one or more ECDIS workstations and a full-mission simulator are available, the workstations may primarily be used for basic exercises in the use of ECDIS facilities and for passage-planning exercises, whereas full-mission simulators may primarily be used for exercises related to passage-monitoring functions in real time, as realistic as possible in connection with the total workload of a navigational watch. The degree of complexity of exercises should increase throughout the training programme until the trainee has mastered all aspects of the learning subject.
46 Exercises should produce the greatest impression of realism. To achieve this, the scenarios should be located in a fictitious sea area. Situations, functions and actions for different learning objectives which occur in different sea areas can be integrated into one exercise and experienced in real time.
47 The main objective of simulator exercises is to ensure that trainees understand their responsibilities in the operational use of ECDIS in all safety-relevant aspects and are thoroughly familiar with the system and equipment used.
Principal types of ECDIS systems and their display characteristics
48 The trainee should gain knowledge of the principal types of ECDIS in use; their various display characteristics, data structure and an understanding of:
.1 differences between vector and raster charts;
.2 differences between ECDIS and ECS;
.3 differences between ECDIS and RCDS;
.4 characteristics of ECDIS and their different solutions; and
.5 characteristics of systems for special purposes (unusual situations/emergencies).
Risks of over-reliance on ECDIS
49 The training in ECDIS operational use should address:
.1 the limitations of ECDIS as a navigational tool;
.2 potential risk of improper functioning of the system;
.3 system limitations, including those of its sensors;
.4 hydrographic data inaccuracy; limitations of vector and raster electronic charts
(ECDIS vs RCDS and ENC vs RNC); and
.5 potential risk of human errors.
Emphasis should be placed on the need to keep a proper look-out and to perform periodical checking, especially of the ship’s position, by ECDIS-independent methods.
Detection of misrepresentation of information
50 Knowledge of the limitations of the equipment and detection of misrepresentation of information is essential for the safe use of ECDIS. The following factors should be emphasized during training:
.1 performance standards of the equipment;
.2 radar data representation on an electronic chart, elimination of discrepancy between the radar image and the electronic chart;
.3 possible projection discrepancies between an electronic and paper charts;
.4 possible scale discrepancies (overscaling and underscaling) in displaying an electronic chart and its original scale;
.5 effects of using different reference systems for positioning;
.6 effects of using different horizontal and vertical datums;
.7 effects of the motion of the ship in a seaway;
.8 ECDIS limitations in raster chart display mode;
.9 potential errors in the display of:.
.9.1 the own ship’s position;
.9.2 radar data and ARPA and AIS information;
.9.3 different geodetic coordinate systems; and
.10 verification of the results of manual or automatic data correction:
.10.1 comparison of chart data and radar picture; and
.10.2 checking the own ship’s position by using the other independent position-fixing systems.
51 False interpretation of the data and proper action taken to avoid errors of interpretation should be explained. The implications of the following should be emphasized:
.1 ignoring overscaling of the display;
.2 uncritical acceptance of the own ship’s position;
.3 confusion of display mode;
.4 confusion of chart scale;
.5 confusion of reference systems;
.6 different modes of presentation;
.7 different modes of vector stabilization;
.8 differences between true north and gyro north (radar);
.9 using the same data reference system;
.10 using the appropriate chart scale;
.11 using the best-suited sensor to the given situation and circumstances;
.12 entering the correct values of safety data:
.12.1 the own ship’s safety contour,
.12.2 safety depth (safe water), and
.12.3 events; and
.13 proper use of all available data.
52 Appreciation that RCDS is only a navigational aid and that, when operating in the RCDS mode, the ECDIS equipment should be used together with an appropriate portfolio of up-to-date paper charts:
.1 appreciation of the differences in operation of RCDS mode as described in SN.1/Circ.207/Rev.1 “Differences between RCDS and ECDIS”; and
.2 ECDIS, in any mode, should be used in training with an appropriate portfolio of up-to-date charts.
Factors affecting system performance and accuracy
53 An elementary understanding should be attained of the principles of ECDIS, together with a full practical knowledge of:
.1 starting and setting up ECDIS; connecting data sensors: satellite and radio navigation system receivers, radar, gyro-compass, log, echo-sounder; accuracy and limitations of these sensors, including effects of measurement errors and ship’s position accuracy, manoeuvring on the accuracy of course indicator’s performance, compass error on the accuracy of course indication, shallow water on the accuracy of log performance, log correction on the accuracy of speed calculation, disturbance (sea state) on the accuracy of an echo-sounder performance; and
.2 the current performance standards for electronic chart display and information systems adopted by the Organization
Practice
Setting up and maintaining display
54 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 the correct starting procedure to obtain the optimum display of ECDIS information;
.2 the selection of display presentation (standard display, display base, all other information displayed individually on demand);
.3 the correct adjustment of all variable radar/ARPA display controls for optimum display of data;
.4 the selection of convenient configuration;
.5 the selection, as appropriate, of required speed input to ECDIS;
.6 the selection of the timescale of vectors; and
.7 performance checks of position, radar/ARPA, compass, speed input sensors and ECDIS.
Operational use of electronic charts
55 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 the main characteristics of the display of ECDIS data and selecting proper information for navigational tasks;
.2 the automatic functions required for monitoring ship’s safety, such as display of position, heading/gyro course, speed, safety values and time;
.3 the manual functions (by the cursor, electronic bearing line, range rings);
.4 selecting and modification of electronic chart content;
.5 scaling (including underscaling and overscaling);
.6 zooming;
.7 setting of the own ship’s safety data;
.8 using a daytime or night-time display mode;
.9 reading all chart symbols and abbreviations;
.10 using different kinds of cursors and electronic bars for obtaining navigational data;
.11 viewing an area in different directions and returning to the ship’s position;
.12 finding the necessary area, using geographical coordinates;
.13 displaying indispensable data layers appropriate to a navigational situation;
.14 selecting appropriate and unambiguous data (position, course, speed, etc.);
.15 entering the mariner’s notes;
.16 using north-up orientation presentation and other kinds of orientation; and
.17 using true- and relative-motion modes.
Route planning
56 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 loading the ship’s characteristics into ECDIS;
.2 selection of a sea area for route planning:
.2.1 reviewing required waters for the sea passage, and
.2.2 changing over of chart scale.
.3 verifying that proper and updated charts are available;
.4 route planning on a display by means of ECDIS, using the graphic editor, taking into consideration rhumb line and great-circle sailing:
4.1 using the ECDIS database for obtaining navigational, hydro-meteorological and other data;
.4.2 taking into consideration turning radius and wheel-over points/lines when they are expressed on chart scale;
.4.3 marking dangerous depths and areas and exhibiting guarding depth contours;
.4.4 marking waypoints with the crossing depth contours and critical cross-track deviations, as well as by adding, replacing and erasing of waypoints;
.4.5 taking into consideration safe speed;
.4.6 checking pre-planned route for navigational safety; and
.4.7 generating alarms and warnings.
.5 route planning with calculation in the table format, including:
.5.1 waypoints selection;
.5.2 recalling the waypoints list;
.5.3 planning notes;
.5.4 adjustment of a planned route;
.5.5 checking a pre-planned route for navigational safety;
.5.6 alternative route planning;
.5.7 saving planned routes, loading and unloading or deleting routes;
.5.8 making a graphic copy of the monitor screen and printing a route;
.5.9 editing and modification of the planned route;
.5.10 setting of safety values according to the size and manoeuvring parameters of the vessel;
.5.11 back-route planning; and
.5.12 connecting several routes.
Route monitoring
57 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 using independent data to control ship’s position or using alternative systems within ECDIS;
.2 using the look-ahead function:
.2.1 changing charts and their scales;
.2.2 reviewing navigational charts;
.2.3 vector time selecting;
.2.4 predicting the ship’s position for some time interval;
.2.5 changing the pre-planned route (route modification);
.2.6 entering independent data for the calculation of wind drift and current allowance;
.2.7 reacting properly to the alarm;
.2.8 entering corrections for discrepancies of the geodetic datum;
.2.9 displaying time markers on a ship’s route;
.2.10 entering ship’s position manually; and
.2.11 measuring coordinates, course, bearings and distances on a chart.
Alarm handling
58 Knowledge and ability to interpret and react properly to all kinds of systems, such as navigational sensors, indicators, data and charts alarms and indicator warnings, including, switching the sound and visual alarm signalling system, should be attained in case of:
.1 absence of the next chart in the ECDIS database;
.2 crossing a safety contour;
.3 exceeding cross-track limits;
.4 deviation from planned route;
.5 approaching a waypoint;
.6 approaching a critical point;
.7 discrepancy between calculated and actual time of arrival to a waypoint;
.8 information on under-scaling or over-scaling;
.9 approaching an isolated navigational danger or danger area;
.10 crossing a specified area;
.11 selecting a different geodetic datum;
.12 approaching other ships;
.13 watch termination;
.14 switching timer;
.15 system test failure;
.16 malfunctioning of the positioning system used in ECDIS;
.17 failure of dead-reckoning; and
.18 inability to fix vessel’s position using the navigational system.
Manual correction of a ship’s position and motion parameters
59 Knowledge and skills should be attained in manually correcting:
.1 the ship’s position in dead-reckoning mode, when the satellite and radio navigation system receiver is switched off;
.2 the ship’s position, when automatically obtained coordinates are inaccurate; and
.3 course and speed values.
Records in the ship’s log
60 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 automatic voyage recording;
.2 reconstruction of past track, taking into account:
.2.1 recording media;
.2.2 recording intervals;
.2.3 verification of database in use;
.3 viewing records in the electronic ship’s log;
.4 instant recording in the electronic ship’s log;
.5 changing ship’s time;
.6 entering the additional data;
.7 printing the content of the electronic ship’s log;
.8 setting up the automatic record time intervals;
.9 composition of voyage data and reporting; and
.10 interface with a voyage data recorder (VDR).
Chart updating
61 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 performing manual updating of electronic charts. Special attention should be paid to reference-ellipsoid conformity and to conformity of the measurement units used on a chart and in the correction text;
.2 performing semi-automatic updating of electronic charts, using the data obtained on electronic media in the electronic chart format; and
.3 performing automatic updating of electronic charts, using update files obtained via electronic data communication lines.
In the scenarios where non-updated data are employed to create a critical situation, trainees should be required to perform ad hoc updating of the chart.
Operational use of ECDIS where radar/ARPA is connected
62 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 connecting ARPA to ECDIS;
.2 indicating target’s speed vectors;
.3 indicating target’s tracks;
.4 archiving target’s tracks;
.5 viewing the table of the targets;
.6 checking alignment of radar overlay with charted geographic features;
.7 simulating one or more manoeuvres;
.8 corrections to own ship’s position, using a reference point captured by ARPA; and
.9 corrections using the ARPA’s cursor and electronic bar.
See also section B-I/12, Guidance regarding the use of simulators (pertaining to radar and ARPA), especially paragraphs 17 to 19 and 36 to 38.
Operational use of ECDIS where AIS is connected
63 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 interface with AIS;
.2 interpretation of AIS data;
.3 indicating target’s speed vectors;
.4 indicating target’s tracks; and
.5 archiving target’s tracks.
Operational warnings, their benefits and limitations
64 Trainees should gain an appreciation of the uses, benefits and limitations of ECDIS operational warnings and their correct setting, where applicable, to avoid spurious interference.
System operational tests
65 Knowledge and skills should be attained in:
.1 methods of testing for malfunctions of ECDIS, including functional self-testing;
.2 precautions to be taken after a malfunction occurs; and
.3 adequate back-up arrangements (take over and navigate using the back-up system).
Debriefing exercise
66 The instructor should analyze the results of all exercises completed by all trainees and print them out. The time spent on the debriefing should occupy between 10% and 15% of the total time used for simulator exercises.
RECOMMENDED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR NON-MANDATORY TYPES OF SIMULATION
67 Performance standards for non-mandatory simulation equipment used for training and/or assessment of competence or demonstration of skills are set out hereunder. Such forms of simulation include, but are not limited to, the following types:
.1 navigation and watchkeeping;
.2 ship handling and manoeuvring;
.3 cargo handling and stowage;
.4 reporting and radiocommunications; and
.5 main and auxiliary machinery operation.
Navigation and watchkeeping simulation
68 Navigation and watchkeeping simulation equipment should, in addition to meeting all applicable performance standards set out in section A-I/12, be capable of simulating navigational equipment and bridge operational controls which meet all applicable performance standards adopted by the Organization, incorporate facilities to generate soundings and:
.1 create a real-time operating environment, including navigation control and communications instruments and equipment appropriate to the navigation and watchkeeping tasks to be carried out and the manoeuvring skills to be assessed;
.2 provide a realistic visual scenario by day or by night, including variable visibility, or by night only as seen from the bridge, with a minimum horizontal field of view available to the trainee in viewing sectors appropriate to the navigation and watchkeeping tasks and objectives;
.3 realistically simulate “own ship” dynamics in open--water conditions, including the effects of weather, tidal stream, currents and interaction with other ships; and
.4 realistically simulate VTS communication procedures between ship and shore.
Ship handling and manoeuvring simulation
69 In addition to meeting the performance standards set out in paragraph 37, ship handling simulation equipment should:
.1 provide a realistic visual scenario as seen from the bridge, by day and by night, with variable visibility throughout a minimum horizontal field of view available to the trainee in viewing sectors appropriate to the ship handling and manoeuvring training tasks and objectives; and
.2 realistically simulate “own ship” dynamics in restricted waterways, including shallow-water and bank effects.
70 Where manned scale models are used to provide ship handling and manoeuvring simulation, in addition to the performance standards set out in paragraphs 68.3 and 69.2, such equipment should:
.1 incorporate scaling factors which present accurately the dimensions, areas, volume and displacement, speed, time and rate of turn of a real ship; and
.2 incorporate controls for the rudder and engines, to the correct timescale.
Cargo handling and stowage simulation
71 Cargo handling simulation equipment should be capable of simulating cargo handling and control equipment which meets all applicable performance standards adopted by the Organization and incorporate facilities to:
.1 create an effective operational environment, including a cargo-control station with such instrumentation as may be appropriate to the particular type of cargo system modelled;
.2 model loading and unloading functions and stability and stress data appropriate to the cargo-handling tasks to be carried out and the skills to be assessed; and
.3 simulate loading, unloading, ballasting and deballasting operations and appropriate associated calculations for stability, trim, list, longitudinal strength, torsional stress and damage stability.
GMDSS communication simulation
72 GMDSS communication simulation equipment should be capable of simulating GMDSS communication equipment which meets all applicable performance standards adopted by the Organization and incorporate facilities to:
.1 simulate the operation of VHF, VHF-DSC, NAVTEX, EPIRB and watch receiver equipment as required for the Restricted Operator’s Certificate (ROC);
.2 simulate the operation of INMARSAT-A, -B and -C ship earth stations, MF/HF, NBDP, MF/HF-DSC, VHF, VHF-DSC, NAVTEX, EPIRB and watch receiver equipment as required for the General Operator’s Certificate (GOC);
.3 provide voice communication with background noise;
.4 provide a printed text communication facility; and
.5 create a real-time operating environment, consisting of an integrated system, incorporating at least one instructor/assessor station and at least two GMDSS ship or shore stations.
Main and auxiliary machinery operation simulation
73 Engine-room simulation equipment should be capable of simulating a main and auxiliary machinery system and incorporate facilities to:
.1 create a real-time environment for seagoing and harbour operations, with communication devices and simulation of appropriate main and auxiliary propulsion machinery equipment and control panels;
.2 simulate relevant sub-systems that should include, but not be restricted to, boiler, steering gear, electrical power general and distribution systems, including emergency power supplies, and fuel, cooling water, refrigeration, bilge and ballast systems;
.3 monitor and evaluate engine performance and remote sensing systems;
.4 simulate machinery malfunctions;
.5 allow for the variable external conditions to be changed so as to influence the simulated operations: weather, ship’s draught, seawater and air temperatures;
.6 allow for instructor-controlled external conditions to be changed: deck steam, accommodation steam, deck air, ice conditions, deck cranes, heavy power, bow thrust, ship load;
.7 allow for instructor-controlled simulator dynamics to be changed: emergency run, process responses, ship responses; and
.8 provide a facility to isolate certain processes, such as speed, electrical system, diesel oil system, lubricating oil system, heavy oil system, seawater system, steam system, exhaust boiler and turbo generator, for performing specific training tasks.
Section B-I/13
Guidance regarding the conduct of trials
(No provisions)
Section B-I/14
Guidance regarding responsibilities of companies and recommended responsibilities of masters and crew members
Companies
1 Companies should provide ship-specific introductory programmes aimed at assisting newly employed seafarers to familiarize themselves with all procedures and equipment relating to their areas of responsibility. Companies should also ensure that:
.1 all seafarers on a ship fitted with free-fall lifeboats should receive familiarization training in boarding and launching procedures for such lifeboats;
.2 prior to joining a ship, seafarers assigned as operating crew of free-fall lifeboats should have undergone appropriate training in boarding, launching and recovering of such lifeboats, including participation on at least one occasion in a free-fall launch; and
.3 personnel who may be required to operate the GMDSS equipment receive GMDSS familiarization training, on joining the ship and at appropriate intervals thereafter.
2 The familiarization training required by paragraph 3 of section A-I/14 should at least ensure attainment of the abilities that are appropriate to the capacity to be filled and the duties and responsibilities to be taken up, as follows:
Design and operational limitations
.1 Ability to properly understand and observe any operational limitations imposed on the ship, and to understand and apply performance restrictions, including speed limitations in adverse weather, which are intended to maintain the safety of life, ship and cargo.
Procedures for opening, closing and securing hull openings
.2 Ability to apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the opening, closing and securing of bow, stern, and side doors and ramps and to correctly operate the related systems.
Legislation, codes and agreements affecting ro-ro passenger ships
.3 Ability to understand and apply international and national requirements for ro-ro passenger ships relevant to the ship concerned and the duties to be performed.
Stability and stress requirements and limitations
.4 Ability to take proper account of stress limitations for sensitive parts of the ship, such as bow doors and other closing devices that maintain watertight integrity, and of special stability considerations which may affect the safety of ro-ro passenger ships.
Procedures for the maintenance of special equipment on ro-ro passenger ships
.5 Ability to apply properly the shipboard procedures for maintenance of equipment peculiar to ro-ro passenger ships such as bow, stern and side doors and ramps, scuppers and associated systems.
Loading and cargo securing manuals and calculators
.6 Ability to make proper use of the loading and securing manuals in respect of all types of vehicles and rail cars where applicable, and to calculate and apply stress limitations for vehicle decks.
Dangerous cargo areas
.7 Ability to ensure proper observance of special precautions and limitations applying to designated dangerous cargo areas.
Emergency procedures
.8 Ability to ensure proper application of any special procedures to:
8.1 prevent or reduce the ingress of water on vehicle decks;
.8.2 remove water from vehicle decks; and
.8.3 minimize effects of water on vehicle decks.
Master
3 The master should take all steps necessary to implement any company instructions issued in accordance with section A-I/14. Such steps should include:
.1 identifying all seafarers who are newly employed on board the ship before they are assigned to any duties;
.2 providing the opportunity for all newly arrived seafarers to:
.2.1 visit the spaces in which their primary duties will be performed;
.2.2 get acquainted with the location, controls and display features of equipment they will be operating or using;
.2.3 activate the equipment when possible, and perform functions, using the controls on the equipment; and
.2.4 observe and ask questions of someone who is already familiar with the equipment, procedures and other arrangements, and who can communicate information in a language which the seafarer understands; and
.3 providing for a suitable period of supervision when there is any doubt that a newly employed seafarer is familiar with the shipboard equipment, operating procedures and other arrangements needed for the proper performance of his or her duties.
Crew members
4 Seafarers who are newly assigned to a ship should take full advantage of every opportunity provided to become familiar with the shipboard equipment, operating procedures and other arrangements needed for the proper performance of their duties. Immediately upon arriving on board for the first time, each seafarer has the responsibility to become acquainted with the ship’s working environment, particularly with respect to new or unfamiliar equipment, procedures or arrangements.
5 Seafarers who do not promptly attain the level of familiarity required for performing their duties have the obligation to bring this fact to the attention of their supervisor or to the attention of the crew member designated in accordance with section A-I/14, paragraph 2.2, and to identify any equipment, procedure or arrangement which remains unfamiliar.
Section B-I/15
Guidance regarding transitional provisions
(No provisions)
Section B-II/1
Guidance regarding the certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more
Training
1 Every candidate for certification as officer in charge of a navigational watch should have completed a planned and structured programme of training designed to assist a prospective officer to achieve the standard of competence in accordance with table A-II/1.
2 The structure of the programme of training should be set out in a training plan which clearly expresses, for all parties involved, the objectives of each stage of training on board and ashore. It is important that the prospective officer, tutors, ships’ staff and company personnel are clear about the competences which are to be achieved at the end of the programme and how they are to be achieved through a combination of education, training and practical experience on board and ashore.
3 The mandatory periods of seagoing service are of prime importance in learning the job of being a ship’s officer and in achieving the overall standard of competence required. Properly planned and structured, the periods of seagoing service will enable prospective officers to acquire and practice skills and will offer opportunities for competences achieved to be demonstrated and assessed.
4 Where the seagoing service forms part of an approved training programme, the following principles should be observed:
.1 The programme of onboard training should be an integral part of the overall training plan.
.2 The programme of onboard training should be managed and coordinated by the company which manages the ship on which the seagoing service is to be performed.
.3 The prospective officer should be provided with a training record book to enable a comprehensive record of practical training and experience at sea to be maintained. The training record book should be laid out in such a way that it can provide detailed information about the tasks and duties which should be undertaken and the progress towards their completion. Duly completed, the record book will provide unique evidence that a structured programme of onboard training has been completed which can be taken into account in the process of evaluating competence for the issue of a certificate.
.4 At all times, the prospective officer should be aware of two identifiable individuals who are immediately responsible for the management of the programme of onboard training. The first of these is a qualified seagoing officer, referred to as the “shipboard training officer”, who, under the authority of the master, should organize and supervise the programme of training for the duration of each voyage. The second should be a person nominated by the company, referred to as the “company training officer”, who should have an overall responsibility for the training programme and for coordination with colleges and training institutions.
.5 The company should ensure that appropriate periods are set aside for completion of the programme of onboard training within the normal operational requirements of the ship.
Roles and responsibilities
5 The following section summarizes the roles and responsibilities of those individuals involved in organizing and conducting onboard training:
.1 The company training officer should be responsible for:
.1.1 overall administration of the programme of training;
.1.2 monitoring the progress of the prospective officer throughout; and
.1.3 issuing guidance as required and ensuring that all concerned with the training programme play their parts.
.2 The shipboard training officer should be responsible for:
.2.1 organizing the programme of practical training at sea;
.2.2 ensuring, in a supervisory capacity, that the training record book is properly maintained and that all other requirements are fulfilled; and
.2.3 making sure, so far as is practicable, that the time the prospective officer spends on board is as useful as possible in terms of training and experience, and is consistent with the objectives of the training programme, the progress of training and the operational constraints of the ship.
.3 The master’s responsibilities should be to:
.3.1 provide the link between the shipboard training officer and the company training officer ashore;
.3.2 fulfil the role of continuity if the shipboard training officer is relieved during the voyage; and
.3.3 ensure that all concerned are effectively carrying out the onboard training programme.
.4 The prospective officer’s responsibilities should be to:
.4.1 follow diligently the programme of training as laid down;
.4.2 make the most of the opportunities presented, be they in or outside working hours; and
.4.3 keep the training record book up to date and ensure that it is available at all times for scrutiny.
Induction
6 At the beginning of the programme and at the start of each voyage on a different ship, prospective officers should be given full information and guidance as to what is expected of them and how the training programme is to be organized. Induction presents the opportunity to brief prospective officers about important aspects of the tasks they will be undertaking, with particular regard to safe working practices and protection of the marine environment.
Shipboard programme of training
7 The training record book should contain, amongst other things, a number of training tasks or duties which should be undertaken as part of the approved programme of onboard training. Such tasks and duties should relate to at least the following areas:
.1 steering systems;
.2 general seamanship;
.3 mooring, anchoring and port operations;
.4 life-saving and fire-fighting appliances;
.5 systems and equipment;
.6 cargo work;
.7 bridge work and watchkeeping; and
.8 engine-room familiarization.
8 It is extremely important that the prospective officer is given adequate opportunity for supervised bridge watchkeeping experience, particularly in the later stages of the onboard training programme.
9 The performance of the prospective officers in each of the tasks and duties itemized in the training record book should be initialled by a qualified officer when, in the opinion of the officer concerned, a prospective officer has achieved a satisfactory standard of proficiency. It is important to appreciate that a prospective officer may need to demonstrate ability on several occasions before a qualified officer is confident that a satisfactory standard has been achieved.
Monitoring and reviewing
10 Guidance and reviewing are essential to ensure that prospective officers are fully aware of the progress they are making and to enable them to join in decisions about their future programme. To be effective, reviews should be linked to information gained through the training record book and other sources as appropriate. The training record book should be scrutinized and endorsed formally by the master and the shipboard training officer at the beginning, during and at the end of each voyage. The training record book should also be examined and endorsed by the company training officer between voyages.
Assessment of abilities and skills in navigational watchkeeping
11 A candidate for certification who is required to have received special training and assessment of abilities and skills in navigational watchkeeping duties should be required to provide evidence, through demonstration either on a simulator or on board ship as part of an approved programme of shipboard training, that the skills and ability to perform as officer in charge of a navigational watch in at least the following areas have been acquired, namely to:
.1 prepare for and conduct a passage, including:
.1.1 interpreting and applying information obtained from charts;
.1.2 fixing position in coastal waters;
.1.3 applying basic information obtained from tide tables and other nautical publications;
.1.4 checking and operating bridge equipment;
.1.5 checking magnetic and gyro-compasses;
.1.6 assessing available meteorological information;
.1.7 using celestial bodies to fix position;
.1.8 determining the compass error by celestial and terrestrial means; and
.1.9 performing calculations for sailings of up to 24 hours.
.2 operate and apply information obtained from electronic navigation systems;
.3 operate radar, ARPA and ECDIS and apply radar information for navigation and collision avoidance;
.4 operate propulsion and steering systems to control heading and speed;
.5 implement navigational watch routines and procedures;
.6 implement the manoeuvres required for rescue of persons overboard;
.7 initiate action to be taken in the event of an imminent emergency situation (e.g., fire, collision, stranding) and action in the immediate aftermath of an emergency;
.8 initiate action to be taken in event of malfunction or failure of major items of equipment or plant (e.g., steering gear, power, navigation systems);
.9 conduct radiocommunications and visual and sound signalling in normal and emergency situations; and
.10 monitor and operate safety and alarm systems, including internal communications.
12 Assessment of abilities and skills in navigational watchkeeping should:
.1 be made against the criteria for evaluating competence for the function of navigation set out in table A-II/1;
.2 ensure that the candidate performs navigational watchkeeping duties in accordance with the Principles to be observed in keeping a safe navigational watch (section A-VIII/2, part 4-1) and the Guidance on keeping a navigational watch (section B-VIII/2, part 4-1).
Evaluation of competence
13 The standard of competence to be achieved for certification as officer in charge of a navigational watch is set out in table A-II/1. The standard specifies the knowledge and skill required and the application of that knowledge and skill to the standard of performance required on board ship.
14 Scope of knowledge is implicit in the concept of competence. Assessment of competence should, therefore, encompass more than the immediate technical requirements of the job, the skills and tasks to be performed, and should reflect the broader aspects needed to meet the full expectations of competent performance as a ship’s officer. This includes relevant knowledge, theory, principles and cognitive skills which, to varying degrees, underpin all levels of competence. It also encompasses proficiency in what to do, how and when to do it, and why it should be done. Properly applied, this will help to ensure that a candidate can:
.1 work competently in different ships and across a range of circumstances;
.2 anticipate, prepare for and deal with contingencies; and
.3 adapt to new and changing requirements.
15 The criteria for evaluating competence (column 4 of table A-II/1) identify, primarily in outcome terms, the essential aspects of competent performance. They are expressed so that assessment of a candidate’s performance can be made against them and should be adequately documented in the training record book.
16 Evaluation of competence is the process of:
.1 collecting sufficient valid and reliable evidence about the candidate’s knowledge, understanding and proficiency to accomplish the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-II/1; and
.2 judging that evidence against the criteria specified in the standard.
17 The arrangements for evaluating competence should be designed to take account of different methods of assessment which can provide different types of evidence about candidates’ competence, e.g.:
.1 direct observation of work activities (including seagoing service);
.2 skills/proficiency/competency tests;
.3 projects and assignments;
.4 evidence from previous experience; and
.5 written, oral and computer-based questioning techniques*.
18 One or more of the first four methods listed should almost invariably be used to provide evidence of ability, in addition to appropriate questioning techniques to provide evidence of supporting knowledge and understanding.
Training in celestial navigation
19 The following areas summarize the recommended training in celestial navigation:
.1 correctly adjust sextant for adjustable errors;
.2 determine corrected reading of the sextant altitude of celestial bodies;
.3 accurate sight reduction computation, using a preferred method;
.4 calculate the time of meridian altitude of the sun;
.5 calculate latitude by Polaris or by meridian altitude of the sun;
.6 accurate plotting of position line(s) and position fixing;
.7 determine time of visible rising/setting sun by a preferred method;
.8 identify and select the most suitable celestial bodies in the twilight period;
.9 determine compass error by azimuth or by amplitude, using a preferred method;
.10 nautical astronomy as required to support the required competence in paragraphs 19.1 to 19.9 above.
20 Training in celestial navigation may include the use of electronic nautical almanac and celestial navigation calculation software.
Section B-II/2
Guidance regarding the certification of masters and chief mates on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more
(See section B-II/1 for guidance.)
Section B-II/3
Guidance regarding the certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch and of masters on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage
(See section B-II/1 for guidance.)
Section B-II/4
Guidance regarding the training and certification of ratings forming part of a navigational watch
1 In addition to the requirements stated in table A-II/4 of this Code, Parties are encouraged, for safety reasons, to include the following subjects in the training of ratings forming part of a navigational watch:
.1 a basic knowledge of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended;
.2 rigging a pilot ladder;
.3 an understanding of wheel orders given by pilots in English;
.4 training for proficiency in survival craft and rescue boats;
.5 support duties when berthing and unberthing and during towing operations;
.6 a basic knowledge of anchoring;
.7 a basic knowledge of dangerous cargoes;
.8 a basic knowledge of stowage procedures and arrangements for bringing stores on board; and
.9 a basic knowledge of deck maintenance and of tools used on deck.
Section B-II/5
Guidance regarding the certification of ratings as able seafarer deck
Onboard training should be documented in an approved training record book.
Section B-III/1
Guidance regarding the certification of officers in charge of an engineering watch in a manned engine-room or as designated duty engineers in a periodically unmanned engine-room
1 In table A-III/1, the tools referred to should include hand tools, common measuring equipment, centre lathes, drilling machines, welding equipment and milling machines as appropriate.
2 Training in workshop skills ashore can be carried out in a training institution or approved workshop.
3 Onboard training should be adequately documented in the training record book by qualified assessors.
Section B-III/2
Guidance regarding the certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers of ships powered by main propulsion machinery of 3,000 kW propulsion power or more
(No provisions)
Guidance regarding training of engineering personnel having management responsibilities for the operation and safety of electrical power plant above 1,000 volts
1 Training of engineering personnel having management responsibilities for the operation and safety of electrical power plant of more than 1,000 V should at least include:
.1 the functional, operational and safety requirements for a marine high-voltage system;
.2 assignment of suitably qualified personnel to carry out maintenance and repair of high-voltage switchgear of various types;
.3 taking remedial action necessary during faults in a high-voltage system;
.4 producing a switching strategy for isolating components of a high-voltage system;
.5 selecting suitable apparatus for isolation and testing of high-voltage equipment;
.6 carrying out a switching and isolation procedure on a marine high-voltage system, complete with safety documentation; and
.7 performing tests of insulation resistance and polarization index on high-voltage equipment.
Section B-III/3
Guidance regarding the certification of chief engineer officers and second engineer officers of ships powered by main propulsion machinery between 750 kW and 3,000 kW propulsion power
(No provisions)
Section B-III/4
Guidance regarding the training and certification of ratings forming part of a watch in a manned engine-room or designated to perform duties in a periodically unmanned engine-room
1 In addition to the requirements stated in section A-III/4 of this Code, Parties are encouraged, for safety reasons, to include the following items in the training of ratings forming part of an engineering watch:
.1 a basic knowledge of routine pumping operations, such as bilge, ballast and cargo pumping systems;
.2 a basic knowledge of electrical installations and the associated dangers;
.3 a basic knowledge of maintenance and repair of machinery and tools used in the engine-room; and
.4 a basic knowledge of stowage and arrangements for bringing stores on board.
Section B-III/5
Guidance regarding the certification of ratings as able seafarer engine
Onboard training should be documented in an approved training record book.
Section B-III/6
Guidance regarding training and certification for electro--technical officers
In addition to the requirements stated in table A-III/6 of this Code, Parties are encouraged to take into account resolution A.702(17) concerning radio maintenance guidelines for the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) within their training programmes.
Section B-III/7
Guidance regarding training and certification for electro--technical ratings
(No provisions)
Section B-IV/1
Guidance regarding the application of chapter IV
(No provisions)
Section B-IV/2
Guidance regarding training and certification of GMDSS radio operators
TRAINING RELATED TO THE FIRST-CLASS RADIOELECTRONIC CERTIFICATE
General
1 The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, should be met by the candidate before training is commenced.
2 The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention, the provisions of the Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention (Radio Regulations) and the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS Convention) currently in force, with particular attention given to provisions for the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training requirements, account should be taken of at least the knowledge and training given in paragraphs 3 to 14 hereunder.
Theory
3 Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors necessary for safe and efficient use of all sub-systems and equipment required in the GMDSS, sufficient to support the practical training provisions given in paragraph 13.
4 Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sub-systems, including satellite system characteristics, navigational and meteorological warning systems and selection of appropriate communication circuits.
5 Knowledge of the principles of electricity and the theory of radio and electronics sufficient to meet the provisions given in paragraphs 6 to 10 below.
6 Theoretical knowledge of GMDSS radiocommunication equipment, including narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy and radiotelephone transmitters and receivers, digital selective calling equipment, ship earth stations, emergency position--indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs), marine antenna systems, radio equipment for survival craft together with all auxiliary items, including power supplies, as well as general knowledge of the principles of other equipment generally used for radionavigation, with particular reference to maintaining the equipment in service.
7 Knowledge of factors that affect system reliability, availability, maintenance procedures and proper use of test equipment.
8 Knowledge of microprocessors and fault diagnosis in systems using microprocessors.
9 Knowledge of control systems in the GMDSS radio equipment, including testing and analysis.
10 Knowledge of the use of computer software for the GMDSS radio equipment and methods for correcting faults caused by loss of software control of the equipment.
Regulations and documentation
11 Knowledge of:
.1 the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations, with particular emphasis on:
.1.1 distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications;
.1.2 avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic; and
.1.3 prevention of unauthorized transmissions;
.2 other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for distress, safety and public correspondence services, including charges, navigational warnings, and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service and the Maritime Mobile Satellite Service; and
.3 use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases.
Watchkeeping and procedures
12 Knowledge of and training in:
.1 communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in GMDSS sub-systems;
.2 procedures for using propagation-prediction information to establish optimum frequencies for communications;
.3 radiocommunication watchkeeping relevant to all GMDSS sub-systems, exchange of radiocommunication traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency and safety procedures, and radio records;
.4 use of the international phonetic alphabet;
.5 monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or working on at least one other frequency;
.6 ship reporting systems and procedures;
.7 radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;
.8 radio medical systems and procedures; and
.9 causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them.
Practical
13 Practical training, supported by appropriate laboratory work, should be given in:
.1 correct and efficient operation of all GMDSS sub--systems and equipment under normal propagation conditions and under typical interference conditions;
.2 safe operation of all the GMDSS communication equipment and ancillary devices, including safety precautions;
.3 adequate and accurate keyboard skills for the satisfactory exchange of communications;
.4 operational techniques for:
.4.1 receiver and transmitter adjustment for the appropriate mode of operation, including digital selective calling and direct-printing telegraphy;
.4.2 antenna adjustment and realignment, as appropriate;
.4.3 use of radio life-saving appliances; and
.4.4 use of emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs);
.5 antenna rigging, repair and maintenance, as appropriate;
.6 reading and understanding pictorial, logic and circuit diagrams;
.7 use and care of those tools and test instruments necessary to carry out at-sea electronic maintenance;
.8 manual soldering and desoldering techniques, including those involving semi-conductor devices and modern circuits, and the ability to distinguish whether the circuit is suitable to be manually soldered or desoldered;
.9 tracing and repair of faults to component level, where practicable, and to board/module level in other cases;
.10 recognition and correction of conditions contributing to the fault occurring;
.11 maintenance procedures, both preventive and corrective, for all GMDSS communication equipment and radionavigation equipment; and
.12 methods of alleviating electrical and electromagnetic interference such as bonding, shielding and bypassing.
Miscellaneous
14 Knowledge of and/or training in:
.1 the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange of communications relevant to the safety of life at sea;
.2 world geography, especially the principal shipping routes, services of rescue coordination centres (RCCs) and related communication routes;
.3 survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;
.4 fire prevention and fire fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;
.5 preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection with hazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical and mechanical hazards;
.6 first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques; and
.7 coordinated universal time (UTC), global time zones and the international date line.
TRAINING RELATED TO THE SECOND-CLASS RADIOELECTRONIC CERTIFICATE
General
15 The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, should be met by the candidate before training is commenced.
16 The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention and the SOLAS Convention currently in force, with particular attention given to provisions for the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training requirements, account should be taken of at least the knowledge and training given in paragraphs 17 to 28 hereunder .
Theory
17 Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors necessary for safe and efficient use of all sub-systems and equipment required in the GMDSS, sufficient to support the practical training provisions given in paragraph 27 below.
18 Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sub-systems, including satellite system characteristics, navigational and meteorological warning systems and selection of appropriate communication circuits.
19 Knowledge of the principles of electricity and the theory of radio and electronics sufficient to meet the provisions given in paragraphs 20 to 24 below.
20 General theoretical knowledge of GMDSS radiocommunication equipment, including narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy and radiotelephone transmitters and receivers, digital selective calling equipment, ship earth stations, emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs), marine antenna systems, radio equipment for survival craft together with all auxiliary items, including power supplies, as well as general knowledge of other equipment generally used for radionavigation, with particular reference to maintaining the equipment in service.
21 General knowledge of factors that affect system reliability, availability, maintenance procedures and proper use of test equipment.
22 General knowledge of microprocessors and fault diagnosis in systems using microprocessors.
23 General knowledge of control systems in the GMDSS radio equipment, including testing and analysis.
24 Knowledge of the use of computer software for the GMDSS radio equipment and methods for correcting faults caused by loss of software control of the equipment.
Regulations and documentation
25 Knowledge of:
.1 the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations, with particular emphasis on:
.1.1 distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications;
.1.2 avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic; and
.1.3 the prevention of unauthorized transmissions;
.2 other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for distress, safety and public correspondence services, including charges, navigational warnings, and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service and the Maritime Mobile Satellite Service; and
.3 the use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases.
Watchkeeping and procedures
26 Training should be given in:
.1 communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in GMDSS sub-systems;
.2 procedures for using propagation-prediction information to establish optimum frequencies for communications;
.3 radiocommunication watchkeeping relevant to all GMDSS sub-systems, exchange of radiocommunication traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency and safety procedures, and radio records;
.4 use of the international phonetic alphabet;
.5 monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or working on at least one other frequency;
.6 ship reporting systems and procedures;
.7 radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;
.8 radio medical systems and procedures; and
.9 causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them.
Practical
27 Practical training, supported by appropriate laboratory work, should be given in:
.1 correct and efficient operation of all GMDSS sub--systems and equipment under normal propagation conditions and under typical interference conditions;
.2 safe operation of all the GMDSS communication equipment and ancillary devices, including safety precautions;
.3 adequate and accurate keyboard skills for the satisfactory exchange of communications;
.4 operational techniques for:
.4.1 receiver and transmitter adjustment for the appropriate mode of operation, including digital selective calling and direct-printing telegraphy;
.4.2 antenna adjustment and realignment, as appropriate;
.4.3 use of radio life-saving appliances; and
.4.4 use of emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs);
.5 antenna rigging, repair and maintenance, as appropriate;
.6 reading and understanding pictorial, logic and module interconnection diagrams;
.7 use and care of those tools and test instruments necessary to carry out at-sea electronic maintenance at the level of replacement of a unit or module;
.8 basic manual soldering and desoldering techniques and their limitations;
.9 tracing and repair of faults to board/module level;
.10 recognition and correction of conditions contributing to the fault occurring;
.11 basic maintenance procedures, both preventive and corrective, for all the GMDSS communication equipment and radionavigation equipment; and
.12 methods of alleviating electrical and electromagnetic interference, such as bonding, shielding and bypassing.
Miscellaneous
28 Knowledge of, and/or training in:
.1 the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange of communications relevant to the safety of life at sea;
.2 world geography, especially the principal shipping routes, services of rescue coordination centres (RCCs) and related communication routes;
.3 survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;
.4 fire prevention and fire fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;
.5 preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection with hazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical and mechanical hazards;
.6 first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques; and
.7 coordinated universal time (UTC), global time zones and the international date line.
TRAINING RELATED TO THE GENERAL OPERATOR’S CERTIFICATE
General
29 The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, should be met by the candidate before training is commenced.
30 The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention, the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention currently in force, with particular attention given to provisions for the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training requirements, account should be taken of at least the knowledge and training given in paragraphs 31 to 36 hereunder.
Theory
31 Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors necessary for safe and efficient use of all sub-systems and equipment required in the GMDSS sufficient to support the practical training provisions given in paragraph 35 below.
32 Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sub-systems, including satellite system characteristics, navigational and meteorological warning systems and selection of appropriate communication circuits.
Regulations and documentation
33 Knowledge of:
.1 the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations, with particular emphasis on:
.1.1 distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications;
.1.2 avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic; and
.1.3 prevention of unauthorized transmissions;
.2 other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for distress, safety and public correspondence services, including charges, navigational warnings, and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service and the Maritime Mobile Satellite Service; and
.3 use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases.
Watchkeeping and procedures
34 Training should be given in:
.1 communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in GMDSS sub-systems;
.2 procedures for using propagation-prediction information to establish optimum frequencies for communications;
.3 radiocommunication watchkeeping relevant to all GMDSS sub-systems, exchange of radiocommunication traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency and safety procedures, and radio records;
.4 use of the international phonetic alphabet;
.5 monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or working on at least one other frequency;
.6 ship reporting systems and procedures;
.7 radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;
.8 radio medical systems and procedures; and
.9 causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them.
Practical
35 Practical training should be given in:
.1 correct and efficient operation of all GMDSS sub--systems and equipment under normal propagation conditions and under typical interference conditions;
.2 safe operation of all the GMDSS communications equipment and ancillary devices, including safety precautions;
.3 accurate and adequate keyboard skills for the satisfactory exchange of communications; and
.4 operational techniques for:
.4.1 receiver and transmitter adjustment for the appropriate mode of operation, including digital selective calling and direct-printing telegraphy;
.4.2 antenna adjustment and realignment as appropriate;
.4.3 use of radio life-saving appliances; and
.4.4 use of emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs).
Miscellaneous
36 Knowledge of, and/or training in:
.1 the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange of communications relevant to the safety of life at sea;
.2 world geography, especially the principal shipping routes, services of rescue coordination centres (RCCs) and related communication routes;
.3 survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;
.4 fire prevention and fire-fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;
.5 preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection with hazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical and mechanical hazards;
.6 first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques; and
.7 coordinated universal time (UTC), global time zones and the international date line.
TRAINING RELATED TO THE RESTRICTED OPERATOR’S CERTIFICATE
General
37 The requirements of medical fitness, especially as to hearing, eyesight and speech, should be met by the candidate before training is commenced.
38 The training should be relevant to the provisions of the STCW Convention, the Radio Regulations and the SOLAS Convention currently in force, with particular attention given to provisions for the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS). In developing training guidance, account should be taken of at least the knowledge and training given in paragraphs 39 to 44 hereunder.
Theory
39 Knowledge of the general principles and basic factors, including VHF range limitation and antenna height effect necessary for safe and efficient use of all sub-systems and equipment required in GMDSS in sea area A1, sufficient to support the training given in paragraph 43 below.
40 Knowledge of the use, operation and service areas of GMDSS sea area A1 sub-systems, e.g., navigational and meteorological warning systems and the appropriate communication circuits.
Regulations and documentation
41 Knowledge of:
.1 those parts of the SOLAS Convention and the Radio Regulations relevant to sea area A1, with particular emphasis on:
.1.1 distress, urgency and safety radiocommunications;
.1.2 avoiding harmful interference, particularly with distress and safety traffic; and
.1.3 prevention of unauthorized transmissions;
.2 other documents relating to operational and communication procedures for distress, safety and public correspondence services, including charges, navigational warnings and weather broadcasts in the Maritime Mobile Service in sea area A1; and
.3 use of the International Code of Signals and the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases.
Watchkeeping and procedures
42 Training should be given in:
.1 communication procedures and discipline to prevent harmful interference in GMDSS sub-systems used in sea area A1;
.2 VHF communication procedures for:
.2.1 radiocommunication watchkeeping, exchange of radiocommunication traffic, particularly concerning distress, urgency and safety procedures, and radio records;
.2.2 monitoring a distress frequency while simultaneously monitoring or working on at least one other frequency; and
.2.3 the digital selective calling system.
.3 use of the international phonetic alphabet;
.4 ship reporting systems and procedures;
.5 VHF radiocommunication procedures of the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual;
.6 radio medical systems and procedures; and
.7 causes of false distress alerts and means to avoid them.
Practical
43 Practical training should be given in:
.1 correct and efficient operation of the GMDSS sub--systems and equipment prescribed for ships operating in sea area A1 under normal propagation conditions and under typical interference conditions;
.2 safe operation of relevant GMDSS communication equipment and ancillary devices, including safety precautions; and
.3 operational techniques for use of:
.3.1 VHF, including channel, squelch, and mode adjustment, as appropriate;
.3.2 radio life-saving appliances;
.3.3 emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs); and
.3.4 NAVTEX receivers.
Miscellaneous
44 Knowledge of, and/or training in:
.1 the English language, both written and spoken, for the satisfactory exchange of communications relevant to the safety of life at sea;
.2 services of rescue coordination centres (RCCs) and related communication routes;
.3 survival at sea, the operation of lifeboats, rescue boats, liferafts, buoyant apparatus and their equipment, with special reference to radio life-saving appliances;
.4 fire prevention and fire fighting, with particular reference to the radio installation;
.5 preventive measures for the safety of ship and personnel in connection with hazards related to radio equipment, including electrical, radiation, chemical and mechanical hazards; and
.6 first aid, including heart-respiration revival techniques.
TRAINING RELATED TO MAINTENANCE OF GMDSS INSTALLATIONS ON BOARD SHIPS
General
45 Reference is made to the maintenance requirements of SOLAS Convention regulation IV/15, and to IMO resolution A.702(17) on Radio maintenance guidelines for the GMDSS related to sea areas A3 and A4, which includes in its annex the following provision:
“4.2 The person designated to perform functions for at-sea electronic maintenance should either hold an appropriate certificate as specified by the Radio Regulations, as required, or have equivalent at-sea electronic maintenance qualifications, as may be approved by the Administration, taking into account the recommendations of the Organization on the training of such personnel.”
46 The following guidance on equivalent electronic maintenance qualifications is provided for use by Administrations as appropriate.
47 Training as recommended below does not qualify any person to be an operator of GMDSS radio equipment who does not hold an appropriate Radio Operator’s Certificate.
Maintenance training equivalent to the First-Class Radioelectronic Certificate
48 In determining training equivalent to the elements of the listed First-Class Radioelectronic Certificate:
.1 the theory content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraphs 3 to 10;
.2 the practical content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraph 13; and
.3 the miscellaneous knowledge included should cover at least the subjects given in paragraph 14.
Maintenance training equivalent to the Second-Class Radioelectronic Certificate
49 In determining training equivalent to the maintenance elements of the Second-Class Radioelectronic Certificate:
.1 the theory content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraphs 17 to 24;
.2 the practical content should cover at least the subjects given in paragraph 27; and
.3 the miscellaneous knowledge included should cover at least the subjects given in paragraph 28.
Section B-V/1
Guidance regarding the training and qualifications of tanker personnel
Person with immediate responsibility
1 The term “person with immediate responsibility” as used in paragraphs 3 and 5 of regulation V/1-1 and paragraph 3 of regulation V/1-2 means a person being in a decision-making capacity with respect to loading, discharging, care in transit, handling of cargo, tank cleaning or other cargo-related operations.
FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING FOR ALL TANKER PERSONNEL
2 All tanker personnel should undergo familiarization training on board and, where appropriate, ashore before being assigned to shipboard duties, which should be given by qualified personnel experienced in the handling and characteristics of oil, chemical or liquefied gas cargoes, as appropriate, and the safety procedures involved. The training should at least cover the matters set out in paragraphs 3 to 8 below.
Regulations
3 Knowledge of the ship’s rules and regulations governing the safety of personnel on board a tanker in port and at sea.
Health hazards and precautions to be taken
4 Dangers of skin contact; inhalation and accidental swallowing of cargo; the harmful properties of the cargoes carried, personnel accidents and associated first aid; lists of do’s and don’ts.
Fire prevention and fire fighting
5 Control of smoking and cooking restrictions; sources of ignition; fire and explosion prevention; methods of fire fighting; portable fire extinguishers and fixed installations.
Pollution prevention
6 Procedures to be followed to prevent air and water pollution and measures which will be taken in the event of spillage.
Safety equipment and its use
7 The proper use of protective clothing and equipment, resuscitators, escape and rescue equipment.
Emergency procedures
8 Familiarization with the emergency plan procedures.
PROOF OF QUALIFICATION
9 The master of every oil, chemical and liquefied gas tanker should ensure that the officer or the person primarily responsible for the cargo possesses the appropriate certificate, issued or endorsed or validated as required by regulation V/1-1, paragraph 3; regulation V/1-1, paragraph 5 or regulation V/1-2, paragraph 3, as appropriate, and has had adequate recent practical experience on board an appropriate type of tanker to permit that officer or person to safely perform the duties assigned.
GUIDANCE REGARDING APPROVED ONBOARD TRAINING
General
10 The purpose of qualifying shipboard service is to provide training and knowledge for the safe carriage of specific tanker cargoes.
11 To satisfy the experience appropriate to their duties on the type of tanker on which they serve referred to in regulation V/1-1, paragraph 4.2.2, regulation V/1-1, paragraph 6.2.2 and regulation V/1-2, paragraph 4.2.2, onboard training should:
.1 emphasize practical “hands on experience” and be related to the employment of the seafarer, i.e. the training of deck and engineering departments may be different;
.2 be under the supervision of personnel qualified and experienced in the handling, characteristics and safety procedures of the cargoes being carried by the vessel;
.3 be on board the tanker carrying products relative to the tanker Certificate of Proficiency/Endorsement being sought and should be such that the specialist equipment is brought into operation but may be on a ballast passage between cargoes for part of that period;
.4 take part in at least three loading and discharge operations; and
.5 at least cover the matters set out in “Onboard training criteria” in paragraph 19.
12 The onboard training programme must in no way affect the safe running or the seaworthiness of the vessel.
Onboard training programme
13 The trainee should be carried in a supernumerary capacity (i.e. the trainee will have no other duties than that of undertaking the training programme and emergency duties).
14 The programme of onboard training should be managed and coordinated by the company which manages the ship on which the seagoing service is to be performed and be a vessel nominated by the company as a training vessel.*
15 At all times, the trainee should be aware of two identifiable individuals who are immediately responsible for the management of the programme of onboard training. The first of these is a qualified seagoing officer, referred to as the “shipboard training officer”, who, under the authority of the master, should organize and supervise the programme of training. The second should be a person nominated by the company, referred to as the “company training officer”, who should have an overall responsibility for the training programme and for coordination with training organizations.
16 The trainee should be provided with an approved training record book to enable a comprehensive record of practical training and experience at sea to be maintained. The approved training record book should be laid out in such a way that it can provide detailed information about the tasks and duties which should be undertaken and the progress towards their completion. Duly completed and countersigned by the master, the approved record book will provide unique evidence that a structured programme of onboard training has been completed leading towards the issue of a relevant Certificate in Advanced Training for Tanker Cargo Operations.
17 During the approved onboard training programme the trainee should be instructed in the loading, discharging, care in transit, handling of cargo, tank cleaning or other cargo--related operations of the tanker to ensure that the experience gained is at least equal to that which would be obtained in three months’ normal service.
18 If the three-loading and three-unloading criteria cannot be achieved within the one-month onboard training period, then the period of onboard training should be extended until these criteria have been satisfactorily achieved.
Onboard training criteria
19 The onboard training should at least provide knowledge and experience, relevant to the applicable tanker type, of the following:
.1 Safety
.1.1 All tanker types
.1 Ship’s safety-management system
.2 Cargo-specific fire-fighting equipment and procedures
.3 Cargo-specific first-aid procedures, including the Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG)
.4 Ship-/cargo-specific hazards, including smoking regulations, oxygen-depleted atmospheres, cargo hydrocarbon narcosis and toxicity
.5 Risk assessment systems
.6 Permit to work, including hot work and enclosed spaces entry procedures
.7 Use of personal protective equipment
.1.2 Additional for liquefied gas tankers
.1 Dangers and precautions related to handling and storage of cargoes at cryogenic temperatures
.2 Construction, cargo, cargo tanks and pipelines
.2.1 All tanker types
.1 Hull/tank construction and limitations
.2 Cargo connections
.3 Properties and hazards associated with the types of cargo being carried, including use of Material Safety Data Sheets
.4 The risks that cargo operations (such as purging/gas-freeing/tank cleaning) may have on the accommodation ventilation systems and actions to mitigate these risks
.5 Configuration of cargo and ballast system
.6 Pumps and associated equipment
.7 Specialist equipment associated with the cargo operations
.8 Particulars of the tanker’s construction and how this affects the cargo operations
.2.2 Additional for liquefied gas tankers
.1 Use of segregation, separation and airlocks to maintain gas-safe areas
.2 Cargo tank, inter-barrier, insulation spaces, and pipeline relief valves and vapour venting systems
.3 Cargo vapour compressors and associated equipment
.3 Trim and stability
.3.1 All tanker types
.1 Tanker’s stability information and calculating equipment
.2 Importance of maintaining stress levels within acceptable limits
.3 Dangers of free surface effect and “sloshing” effect
.4 Cargo operations
.4.1 All tanker types
.1 Pre-planning of loading/in-transit care, discharge/ballast operations
.2 Record keeping
.3 Start up/stopping procedures, including emergency shutdown
.4 Attention required for mooring arrangements during cargo operations
.5 Purging and inerting requirements and associated hazards
.6 Loading cargo, including topping-off operations
.7 Discharging cargo, including draining and stripping operations
.8 Monitoring of cargo during loading/discharging operations, including sampling where applicable
.9 Tank gauging and alarm systems
.10 Dangers from electrostatic discharge and its prevention
.11 Ballasting and deballasting operations
.12 Maintenance requirements, including coating inspections
.4.2 Additional for chemical tankers
.1 Polymerization, cargo compatibility, tank coating compatibility and other reactions
.2 Functions of inhibitors and catalysts
.3 Vapour/gas dispersion
4.3 Additional for liquefied gas tankers
.1 Polymerization, cargo compatibility, tank coating compatibility and other reactions
.2 Functions of inhibitors and catalysts
.3 Causes of backpressure and pressure surge effects
.4 Use of boil-off gas as a fuel
.5 Vapour/gas dispersion
.6 Purging and cool-down operations
.7 Operation and maintenance of re-liquefaction equipment
.8 Understanding and use of the custody transfer system
.4.4 Additional for oil tankers
.1 Crude oil washing systems
.5 Tank washing/cleaning
.5.1 All tanker types
.1 Tank cleaning systems and equipment fitted on the tanker
.2 Pre-planning of tank washing/cleaning operations
.3 Tank washing procedures, including purging and inerting
.4 Control of slops/waste product
.5 Electro-static hazards
.6 Cleanliness requirements
.7 Maintenance requirements
.5.2 Additional for chemical tankers
.1 Removal of inhibitors and residues
.2 Use of absorption, cleaning agents and detergents
.5.3 Additional for liquefied gas tankers
.1 Hot-gassing/boil-off of liquid residues and regassification process
.6 Inert gas systems
.6.1 All tanker types
.1 Inerting system(s) and equipment fitted to the tanker
.2 Hazards associated with inerting of spaces, with particular reference to safe entry into tanks
.3 Purging, maintaining inert atmosphere and gas-freeing operations
.4 Maintenance requirements
.7 Pollution prevention and control
.7.1 All tanker types
.1 International, flag State and company regulations, documentation and plans
.2 Operation of the tanker’s pollution-prevention systems and equipment, including discharge monitoring
.3 Operation of the tanker’s pollution-containment equipment
.8 Gas-detection equipment and instruments
.8.1 All tanker types
.1 Use and calibration of personal, portable and fixed gas analysers, with particular reference to oxygen and hydrocarbon monitoring equipment
.2 Operation, maintenance and limitation of cargo tank level measuring, level alarm and temperature-measuring systems
.8.2 Additional for liquefied gas tankers
.1 Operation and maintenance of hull temperature measurement
.9 Publications
.9.1 All tanker types
.1 International, flag State and company publications relevant to the operation of the tanker, including SOLAS, MARPOL and applicable guidance manuals
.2 Operating and maintenance manuals specific to the equipment on board
.3 Established industrial standards and code of safe working practice
(e.g., ICS, OCIMF, SIGTTO)
Section B-V/1-1
Guidance regarding training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on oil and chemical tankers
OIL TANKER TRAINING
20 The training required by paragraphs 2.2 and 4.3 of regulation V/1-1 in respect of oil tankers should be set out in a training plan which clearly expresses, for all parties involved, the objectives of the training. Training may be given on board or ashore, where appropriate. It should be supplemented by practical instruction on board and, where appropriate, in a suitable shore-based installation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel*.
21 As much use as possible should be made of shipboard operation and equipment manuals, films and suitable visual aids, and the opportunity should be taken to introduce discussion of the part to be played by the safety organization on board ship and the role of safety officers and safety committees.
CHEMICAL TANKER TRAINING
22 The training required by paragraphs 2.2 and 6.3 of regulation V/1-1 in respect of chemical tankers should be set out in a training plan which clearly expresses, for all parties involved, the objectives of the training. Training may be given on board or ashore, where appropriate. It should be supplemented by practical instruction on board and, where appropriate, in a suitable shore-based installation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel*.
23 As much use as possible should be made of shipboard operation and equipment manuals, films and suitable visual aids, and the opportunity should be taken to introduce discussion of the part to be played by the safety organization on board ship and the role of safety officers and safety committees.
Section B-V/1-2
Guidance regarding training and qualifications of masters, officers and ratings on liquefied gas tankers
24 The training required by paragraphs 2.2 and 4.3 of regulation V/1-2 in respect of liquefied gas tankers should be set out in a training plan which clearly expresses, for all parties involved, the objectives of the training. Training may be given on board or ashore, where appropriate. It should be supplemented by practical instruction on board and, where appropriate, in a suitable shore-based installation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel.
25 As much use as possible should be made of shipboard operation and equipment manuals, films and suitable visual aids, and the opportunity should be taken to introduce discussion of the part to be played by the safety organization on board ship and the role of safety officers and safety committees.
Section B-V/2
Guidance regarding training of seafarers on passenger ships
ENHANCED FIRE FIGHTING
1 For officers and crew on passenger ships, additional training should be provided highlighting the difficulties of fighting fires, including access to confined spaces and prevention of the spread of fire to adjoining spaces.
DAMAGE CONTROL
2 In developing standards of competency given in sections A-II/1, A-II/2 and A-III/2 to achieve the necessary level of theoretical knowledge, understanding and proficiency in damage control and watertight integrity, companies and training institutions should take into account the minimum knowledge, understanding and proficiency for damage control and watertight integrity as given below:
Competence
Minimize the risk of flooding and maintain a state of readiness to respond to emergency situations involving damage to the watertight integrity of the ship.
Knowledge, understanding and proficiency
Shipboard damage control plans and organization.
Damage control systems, equipment (lockers) and emergency escape routes
The key elements in maintaining stability and watertight integrity.
Importance of securing flooding and maintaining watertight boundaries.
Actions to be taken aboard a ship in the event of an explosion, grounding, collision, or fire
Damage control techniques consistent with equipment found on board including the ship bilge systems and pumps.
Section B-V/a
Guidance regarding additional training for masters and chief mates of large ships and ships with unusual manoeuvring characteristics
1 It is important that masters and chief mates should have had relevant experience and training before assuming the duties of master or chief mate of large ships or ships having unusual manoeuvring and handling characteristics significantly different from those in which they have recently served. Such characteristics will generally be found in ships which are of considerable deadweight or length or of special design or of high speed.
2 Prior to their appointment to such a ship, masters and chief mates should:
.1 be informed of the ship’s handling characteristics by the company, particularly in relation to the knowledge, understanding and proficiency listed under ship manoeuvring and handling in column 2 of table A-II/2 — Specification of the minimum standard of competence for masters and chief mates on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more; and
.2 be made thoroughly familiar with the use of all navigational and manoeuvring aids fitted in the ship concerned, including their capabilities and limitations.
3 Before initially assuming command of one of the ships referred to above, the prospective master should have sufficient and appropriate general experience as master or chief mate, and either:
.1 have sufficient and appropriate experience manoeuvring the same ship under supervision or in manoeuvring a ship having similar manoeuvring characteristics; or
.2 have attended an approved ship handling simulator course on an installation capable of simulating the manoeuvring characteristics of such a ship.
4 The additional training and qualifications of masters and chief mates of dynamically supported and high-speed craft should be in accordance with the relevant guidelines of the IMO Code of Safety for Dynamically Supported Craft and the IMO International Codes of Safety for High-Speed Craft (1994 HSC Code and 2000 HSC Code), as appropriate.
Section B-V/b
Guidance regarding training of officers and ratings responsible for cargo handling on ships carrying dangerous and hazardous substances in solid form in bulk
1 Training should be divided into two parts, a general part on the principles involved and a part on the application of such principles to ship operation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel and cover at least the subjects given in paragraphs 2 to 14 hereunder.
PRINCIPLES
Characteristics and properties
2 The important physical characteristics and chemical properties of dangerous and hazardous substances, sufficient to give a basic understanding of the intrinsic hazards and risks involved.
Classification of materials possessing chemical hazards
3 IMO dangerous goods classes 4 to 9 and the hazards associated with each class; and materials hazardous only in bulk (MHB) outlined in the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code.
Health hazards
4 Dangers from skin contact, inhalation, ingestion and radiation.
Conventions, regulations and recommendations
5 General familiarization with the relevant requirements of chapters II-2 and VII of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended.
6 General use of and familiarization with the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code, with particular reference to:
.1 safety of personnel, including safety equipment, measuring instruments, their use and practical application and interpretation of results;
.2 hazards from cargoes which have a tendency to shift; and
.3 materials possessing chemical hazards.
SHIPBOARD APPLICATION
Class 4.1 – Flammable solids
Class 4.2 – Substances liable to spontaneous combustion
Class 4.3 – Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases
7 Carriage, stowage and control of temperature to prevent decomposition and possible explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those applicable to self--reactive and related substances; segregation requirements to prevent heating and ignition; the emission of poisonous or flammable gases and the formation of explosive mixtures.
Class 5.1 — Oxidizing substances
8 Carriage, stowage and control of temperature to prevent decomposition and possible explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions and segregation requirements to ensure separation from combustible material, from acids and heat sources to prevent fire, explosion and the formation of toxic gases.
Class 6.1 — Toxic substances
9 Contamination of foodstuffs, working areas and living accommodation and ventilation.
Class 7 — Radioactive material
10 Transport index; types of ores and concentrates; stowage and segregation from persons, undeveloped photographic film and plates and foodstuffs; stowage categories; general stowage requirements; special stowage requirements; segregation requirements and separation distances; segregation from other dangerous goods.
Class 8 — Corrosive substances
11 Dangers from wetted substances.
Class 9 — Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles
12 Examples and associated hazards; the hazards of materials hazardous only in bulk (IMSBC Code); general and specific stowage precautions; working and transport precautions; segregation requirements.
Safety precautions and emergency procedures
13 Electrical safety in cargo spaces; precautions to be taken for entry into enclosed spaces that may contain oxygen--depleted, poisonous or flammable atmospheres; the possible effects of fire in shipments of substances of each class; use of the Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods; emergency plans and procedures to be followed in case of incidents involving dangerous and hazardous substances and the use of individual entries in the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code, as appropriate, in this respect.
Medical first aid
14 The IMO Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG) and its use and application in association with other guides and medical advice by radio.
Section B-V/c
Guidance regarding training of officers and ratings responsible for cargo handling on ships carrying dangerous and hazardous substances in packaged form
1 Training should be divided into two parts, a general part on the principles involved and a part on the application of such principles to ship operation. All training and instruction should be given by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel and cover at least the subjects given in paragraphs 2 to 19 hereunder.
PRINCIPLES
Characteristics and properties
2 The important physical characteristics and chemical properties of dangerous and hazardous substances, sufficient to give a basic understanding of the intrinsic hazards and risks involved.
Classification of dangerous and hazardous substances and materials possessing chemical hazards
3 IMO dangerous goods classes 1 to 9 and the hazards associated with each class.
Health hazards
4 Dangers from skin contact, inhalation, ingestion and radiation.
Conventions, regulations and recommendations
5 General familiarization with the relevant requirements of chapters II-2 and VII of the 1974 SOLAS Convention and of Annex III of MARPOL 73/78, including its implementation through the IMDG Code.
Use of and familiarization with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code
6 General knowledge of the requirements of the IMDG Code concerning declaration, documentation, packing, labelling and placarding; freight container and vehicle packing; portable tanks, tank containers and road tank vehicles, and other transport units used for dangerous substances.
7 Knowledge of identification, marking and labelling for stowage, securing, separation and segregation in different ship types mentioned in the IMDG Code.
8 Safety of personnel, including safety equipment, measuring instruments, their use and practical application and the interpretation of results.
SHIPBOARD APPLICATION
Class 1 — Explosives
9 The six hazard divisions and 13 compatibility groups; packagings and magazines used for carriage of explosives; structural serviceability of freight containers and vehicles; stowage provisions, including specific arrangements for on-deck and under-deck stowage; segregation from dangerous goods of other classes within class 1 and from non-dangerous goods; transport and stowage on passenger ships; suitability of cargo spaces; security precautions; precautions to be taken during loading and unloading.
Class 2 — Gases (compressed, liquefied, or dissolved under pressure), flammable, non-flammable, non-toxic and toxic
10 Types of pressure vessels and portable tanks, including relief and closing devices used; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those for flammable and poisonous gases and gases which are marine pollutants.
Class 3 — Flammable liquids
11 Packagings, tank containers, portable tanks and road tank vehicles; stowage categories, including the specific requirements for plastics receptacles; general stowage precautions, including those for marine pollutants; segregation requirements; precautions to be taken when carrying flammable liquids at elevated temperatures.
Class 4.1 — Flammable solids
Class 4.2 — Substances liable to spontaneous combustion
Class 4.3 — Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases
12 Types of packagings; carriage and stowage under controlled temperatures to prevent decomposition and possible explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions,including those applicable to self-reactive and related substances, desensitized explosives and marine pollutants; segregation requirements to prevent heating and ignition, the emission of poisonous or flammable gases and the formation of explosive mixtures.
Class 5.1 — Oxidizing substances
Class 5.2 — Organic peroxides
13 Types of packagings; carriage and stowage under controlled temperatures to prevent decomposition and possible explosion; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those applicable to marine pollutants; segregation requirements to ensure separation from combustible material, from acids and heat sources to prevent fire, explosion and the formation of toxic gases; precautions to minimize friction and impact which can initiate decomposition.
Class 6.1 — Toxic substances
Class 6.2 — Infectious substances
14 Types of packagings; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those applicable to toxic, flammable liquids and marine pollutants; segregation requirements, especially considering that the characteristic common to these substances is their ability to cause death or serious injury to human health; decontamination measures in the event of spillage.
Class 7 — Radioactive material
15 Types of packagings; transport index in relation to stowage and segregation; stowage and segregation from persons, undeveloped photographic film and plates and foodstuffs; stowage categories; general stowage requirements; segregation requirements and separation distances; segregation from other dangerous goods.
Class 8 — Corrosive substances
16 Types of packagings; stowage categories; general stowage precautions, including those applicable to corrosive, flammable liquids and marine pollutants; segregation requirements, especially considering that the characteristic common to these substances is their ability to cause severe damage to living tissue.
Class 9 — Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles
17 Examples of hazards, including marine pollution.
Safety precautions and emergency procedures
18 Electrical safety in cargo spaces; precautions to be taken for entry into enclosed spaces that may contain oxygen--depleted, poisonous or flammable atmospheres; the possible effects of spillage or fire in shipments of substances of each class; consideration of events on deck or below deck; use of the IMO Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods; emergency plans and procedures to be followed in case of incidents involving dangerous substances.
Medical first aid
19 The IMO Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG) and its use and application in association with other guides and medical advice by radio.
Section B-V/d
Guidance on application of the provisions of the STCW Convention to mobile offshore units (MOUs)
1 The provisions of the STCW Convention apply to the maritime personnel of self-propelled MOUs proceeding on voyages.
2 The provisions of the STCW Convention do not apply to non-self-propelled MOUs or to MOUs on station.
3 When considering appropriate standards of training and certification when an MOU is on station, the country of registry should take account of relevant IMO recommendations. In particular, all maritime crew members on self-propelled MOUs and, where required, on other units should meet the requirements of the STCW Convention, as amended.
4 Self-propelled MOUs proceeding on international voyages are required to carry safe manning documents.
5 MOUs on station are subject to the national legislation of the coastal State in whose Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) they are operating. Such coastal States should also take account of relevant IMO recommendations and should not prescribe higher standards for MOUs registered in other countries than the standards applied to MOUs registered in that coastal State.
6 All special personnel employed on board MOUs (whether or not self-propelled) should be provided with appropriate familiarization and basic training in accordance with relevant IMO recommendations.
Section B-V/e
Guidance regarding training and qualifications of masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch on board offshore supply vessels
1 It is important that masters and officers involved in offshore supply operations should have relevant experience or training before assuming their duties on offshore supply vessels. The focus should be on onboard operational experience or a combination of operational experience and simulator training.
2 Masters and officers should understand the unique manoeuvring and handling characteristics common to offshore supply vessels.
3 Prior to performing offshore supply operations, the master and officers should:
.1 have knowledge of the offshore industry and the terms used in the various operations;
.2 understand the importance of maintaining a safe working distance at all times when working in an offshore location/installation;
.3 have knowledge of vessel manoeuvring and station--keeping under various weather conditions;
.4 understand the specific design parameters of the vessels; and
.5 understand the need to have unrestricted oversight and views of work areas.
4 While on board an offshore supply vessel, the master and officers should:
.1 have knowledge of the handling characteristics and behaviour of vessels fitted with various propulsion arrangements; and
.2 be capable of operating the offshore supply vessel in close proximity to an offshore installation and other vessels.
5 Masters should understand the need for other personnel on board who are involved in performing offshore supply operations to be familiarized with their duties.
Offshore supply vessels performing anchor-handling operations
6 It is important that masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch on board offshore supply vessels involved in anchor-handling operations have relevant experience and training.
7 Prior to performing anchor-handling operations, masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch should:
.1 be well informed of the ship’s handling characteristics in relation to anchor-handling, including, but not limited to:
.1.1 navigation and position-holding;
.1.2 ship-handling;
.1.3 thorough knowledge of the stability of offshore supply vessels, in particular the combination of low GZmax, low open deck and large external forces. Use of loading calculators and the conflict between a rigid and stiff ship and good work environment on deck. Potential reduction of stability from use of anti-rolling devices; and
.1.4 operations in hazardous oil-field areas, including locating any pipelines or other structures on the seabed in the area where anchors or other mooring equipment is likely to be used; and
.2 be made thoroughly familiar with the use of all instruments and systems fitted in the ship concerned and involved in anchor-handling, including their capabilities and limitations, including, but not limited to:
.2.1 use of various thrusters, conventional or azimuth propulsion;
.2.2 pickup, handling, heavy lifting, towing out, anchor-handling and laying of anchors for offshore rigs, barges and installations;
.2.3 towing of rigs, barges and other vessels;
.2.4 operation of lifting and towing winches with up to 600 metric tons bollard pull;
.2.5 detailed thorough knowledge of the basis of operation of towing- and anchor-handling winches; in particular, functions of load-limiting devices and release systems and associated equipment as towing pins and stoppers; and
.2.6 the significant difference between emergency release of towing hooks and winches.
8 Masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch when in charge of anchor-handling should have sufficient and appropriate training and experience by having been supervised during a number of Rig-moves, as deemed appropriate by the Administration. Training may be supplemented by appropriate simulator training.
Section B-V/f
Guidance on the training and experience for personnel operating dynamic positioning systems
1 Dynamic positioning is defined as the system whereby a self-propelled vessel’s position and heading is automatically controlled by using its own propulsion units.
2 Personnel engaged in operating a Dynamic Positioning (DP) system should receive relevant training and practical experience. Theoretical elements of this training should enable Dynamic Positioning Operators (DPOs) to understand the operation of the DP system and its components. Knowledge, understanding and experience gained should enable personnel to operate vessels safely in DP, with due regard for safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environment.
3 The content of training and experience should include coverage of the following components of a DP system:
.1 DP control station;
.2 power generation and management;
.3 propulsion units;
.4 position reference systems;
.5 heading reference systems;
.6 environmental reference systems; an
.7 external force reference systems, such as hawser tension gauges.
4 Training and experience should cover the range of routine DP operations, as well as the handling of DP faults, failures, incidents and emergencies, to ensure that operations are continued or terminated safely. Training should not be limited to DPOs and DP masters only; other personnel on board, such as electro-technical and engineer officers, may require additional training and experience to ensure that they are able to carry out their duties on a DP vessel. Consideration should be given to conducting appropriate DP drills as a part of onboard training and experience. DPOs should be knowledgeable of the type and purpose of documentation associated with DP operations, such as operational manuals, Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEAs) and capability plots.
5 All training should be given by properly qualified and suitably experienced personnel.
6 Upon appointment to a vessel operating in DP mode, the master, DPOs and other DP-trained personnel should be familiarized with the specific equipment fitted on and the characteristics of the vessel. Particular consideration should be given to the nature of the work of the vessel and the importance of the DP system to this work.
Section B-V/g
Guidance regarding training of masters and officers for ships operating in polar waters
1 It is important that masters, officers in charge of a navigational watch and officers in charge of an engineering watch on board ships operating in polar waters should have relevant experience and training, as follows:
.1 Prior to being assigned duties on board such ships:
.1.1 For masters and officers in charge of a navigational watch, the training should provide basic knowledge on at least the subjects given in paragraphs 2 to 11 hereunder; and
.1.2 For officers in charge of an engineering watch, the training should provide basic knowledge on at least the subjects given in paragraphs 3, 6, 10 and 11 hereunder.
.2 Masters and Chief Engineer Officers should have sufficient and appropriate experience in operating ships in polar waters.
Ice characteristics – ice areas
2 Interpretation of different ice-charts and awareness of limitations in meteorology and oceanography data, ice physics, formation, growth, ageing and stage of melt; ice types and concentrations; ice pressure; friction from snow-covered ice; implications of spray-icing and icing up; precautions against icing up and mitigation of consequences; ice regimes in different regions and different seasons, including the differences between the Arctic and the Antarctic; recognition of consequences of rapid change in ice and weather conditions; movement of icebergs and pack ice.
Ship’s performance in ice and cold climate
3 Vessel characteristics; vessel types, hull designs; ice--strengthening requirements; ice-class of different classification societies – polar class and local regulations; limitations of ice-classes; winterization and preparedness of vessel; low--temperature system performance.
Voyage and passage planning for a ship in ice
4 Development of safe routeing and passage planning to avoid ice where possible, including interpreting various forms of ice imagery and data to assist in the preparation of a strategic passage planning; entering ice from open water to avoid icebergs and dangerous ice conditions; navigation, determining when it is safe or not safe to enter areas containing ice or icebergs due to darkness, swell, fog or pressure ice.
Operating and handling a ship in ice
5 Preparations and risk assessment before approaching ice--infested waters; unassisted operation of vessels with different ice-class in different ice-types; safe speed in the presence of ice and icebergs; communications with an icebreaker and other vessels; navigation in various ice concentrations and coverage; awareness of the increase in energy of movement; use of icebergs for shelter and access through packed ice.
6 Use of different type of propulsion system and rudder, including awareness of system strength and capacity limitations; use of heeling and trim systems, engine loads and cooling problems.
Regulations and recommendations
7 Local requirements for entering different regions, including the Antarctic Treaty; international regulations and recommendations.
Equipment limitations
8 Use of and hazards associated with terrestrial navigational aids in polar waters; high-latitude compass errors; discrimination of radar targets and ice-features in ice-clutter; limitations of electronic positioning systems at high latitude; limitations in nautical charts and pilot descriptions; limitations in communication systems.
Safety precautions and emergency procedures
9 Availability of hydrographic data sufficient for safe navigation; precautions when navigating in poorly charted waters; limitations of search and rescue readiness and responsibility, including GMDSS area A4 and its SAR communication facility limitation; awareness of contingency planning; knowledge of towing procedures; value of contact with other ships and local SAR organization; recognizing dangers when crews are exposed to low temperatures; procedures and techniques for abandoning the ship and survival on the ice; crew-fatigue problems due to noise and vibrations; carriage of additional resources such as bunkers, food and extra clothing; awareness of the additional severity of consequences of incidents in polar waters.
10 Establishing safe working procedures; awareness of the most common hull and equipment damages and how to avoid them; fire-fighting systems limitations.
Environmental considerations
11 Sensitive sea areas regarding discharge; areas where shipping is prohibited or should be avoided; Special Areas in MARPOL; oil-spill equipment limitations; plan for coping with increased volumes of garbage, bilge water, sludge, sewage, etc.; consequences of pollution in a cold climate.
Section B-VI/1
Guidance regarding mandatory requirements for safety familiarization and basic training and instruction for all seafarers
FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE FIGHTING
1 The training in fire prevention and fire fighting required by section A-VI/1 should include at least the theoretical and practical elements itemized in paragraphs 2 to 4 hereunder.
Theoretical training
2 The theoretical training should cover:
.1 the three elements of fire and explosion (the fire triangle): fuel; source of ignition; oxygen;
.2 ignition sources: chemical; biological; physical;
.3 flammable materials: flammability; ignition point; burning temperature; burning speed; thermal value; lower flammable limit (LFL); upper flammable limit (UFL); flammable range; inerting; static electricity; flashpoint; auto-ignition;
.4 fire hazard and spread of fire by radiation, convection and conduction;
.5 reactivity;
.6 classification of fires and applicable extinguishing agents;
.7 main causes of fire on board ships: oil leakage in engine-room; cigarettes; overheating (bearings); galley appliances (stoves, flues, fryers, hotplates, etc.); spontaneous ignition (cargo, wastes, etc.); hot work (welding, cutting, etc.); electrical apparatus (short circuit, non-professional repairs); reaction, self-heating and auto-ignition; arson; static electricity;
.8 fire prevention;
.9 fire- and smoke-detection systems; automatic fire alarms;
.10 fire-fighting equipment, including:
.10.1 fixed installations on board and their locations; fire mains, hydrants; international shore connection; smothering installations, carbon dioxide (CO2), foam; pressure water spray system in special category spaces, etc.; automatic sprinkler system; emergency fire pump; emergency generator; chemical powder applicants; general outline of required and available mobile apparatus; high-pressure fog system; high-expansion foam; new developments and equipment;
.10.2 firefighter’s outfit, personal equipment; breathing apparatus; resuscitation apparatus; smoke helmet or mask; fireproof lifeline and harness; and their location on board; and
.10.3 general equipment, including fire hoses, nozzles, connections, fire axes; portable fire extinguishers; fire blankets;
.11 construction and arrangements, including escape routes; means for gas-freeing tanks; Class A, B and C divisions; inert gas systems;
.12 ship fire-fighting organization, including general alarm; fire control plans, muster stations and duties of individuals; communications, including ship–shore when in port; personnel safety procedures; periodic shipboard drills; patrol systems;
.13 practical knowledge of resuscitation methods;
.14 fire-fighting methods, including sounding the alarm; locating and isolating; jettisoning; inhibiting; cooling; smothering; extinguishing; reflash watch; smoke extraction; and
.15 fire-fighting agents, including water, solid jet, spray, fog, flooding; high-, medium- and low-expansion foam; carbon dioxide (CO2); aqueous-film-forming foam (AFFF); dry chemical powder; new developments and equipment.
Practical training
3 The practical training given below should take place in spaces which provide truly realistic training conditions (e.g., simulated shipboard conditions), and whenever possible and practical should also be carried out in darkness as well as by daylight and should allow the trainees to acquire the ability to:
.1 use various types of portable fire extinguishers;
.2 use self-contained breathing apparatus;
.3 extinguish smaller fires, e.g., electrical fires, oil fires and propane fires;
.4 extinguish extensive fires with water (jet and spray nozzles);
.5 extinguish fires with either foam, powder or any other suitable chemical agent;
.6 enter and pass through, with lifeline but without breathing apparatus, a compartment into which high--expansion foam has been injected;
.7 fight fire in smoke-filled enclosed spaces, wearing self--contained breathing apparatus;
.8 extinguish fire with water fog or any other suitable fire-fighting agent in an accommodation room or simulated engine-room with fire and heavy smoke;
.9 extinguish an oil fire with fog applicator and spray nozzles; dry chemical powder or foam applicators; and
.10 effect a rescue in a smoke-filled space, wearing breathing apparatus.
General
4 Trainees should also be made aware of the necessity of maintaining a state of readiness on board.
ELEMENTARY FIRST AID
5 The training in elementary first aid required by regulation VI/1 as part of the basic training should be given at an early stage in vocational training, preferably during pre--sea training, to enable seafarers to take immediate action upon encountering an accident or other medical emergency until the arrival of a person with first-aid skills or the person in charge of medical care on board.
PERSONAL SAFETY AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES
6 Administrations should bear in mind the significance of communication and language skills in maintaining safety of life and property at sea and in preventing marine pollution. Given the international character of the maritime industry, the reliance on voice communications from ship to ship and from ship-to-shore, the increasing use of multinational crews, and the concern that crew members should be able to communicate with passengers in an emergency, adoption of a common language for maritime communications would promote safe practice by reducing the risk of human error in communicating essential information.
7 Although not universal, by common practice English is rapidly becoming the standard language of communication for maritime safety purposes, partly as a result of the use of the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases.
8 Administrations should consider the benefits of ensuring that seafarers have an ability to use at least an elementary English vocabulary, with an emphasis on nautical terms and situations.
Section B-VI/2
Guidance regarding certification for proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescue boats
1 Before training is commenced, the requirement of medical fitness, particularly regarding eyesight and hearing, should be met by the candidate.
2 The training should be relevant to the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended.
3 Parties may also accept onboard training and experience (such as participation in drills) for maintaining the required standard of competence of table A-VI/2-1, in the areas outlined in section A-VI/2, paragraphs 6.1.2, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.1, and 12.1.5. Administrations should bear in mind that onboard training in these areas can only be carried out under good weather conditions and port regulations permitting.
Section B-VI/3
Guidance regarding training in advanced fire fighting
(No provisions)
Section B-VI/4
Guidance regarding requirements in medical first aid and medical care
Training programmes for seafarers designated to undertake the tasks, duties and responsibilities listed in column 1 of table A-VI/4-1 to provide medical first aid on board ship should take into account guidance in the revised International Medical Guide for Ships, as appropriate.
Section B-VI/5
Guidance regarding training and certification for ship security officers
1 The training should be relevant to the provisions of the ISPS Code and the SOLAS Convention, as amended.
2 On completion of training, a ship security officer should have adequate knowledge of the English language to correctly interpret and communicate messages relevant to ship or port facility security.
3 In circumstances of exceptional necessity, when a person holding a certificate of proficiency as a ship security officer is temporarily unavailable, the Administration may permit a seafarer having specific security duties and responsibilities and an understanding of the ship security plan to serve as ship security officer and to execute all duties and responsibilities of the ship security officer until the next port of call or for a period not exceeding 30 days, whichever is greater. The company should, as soon as possible, inform the competent authorities of the next port(s) of call of the arrangements in place.
Section B-VI/6
Guidance regarding mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and instruction for all seafarers
Familiarization and security-awareness
1 Seafarers and shipboard personnel are not security experts and it is not the aim of the provisions of the Convention or this Code to convert them into security specialists.
2 Seafarers and shipboard personnel should receive adequate security-related training or instruction and familiarization training so as to acquire the required knowledge and understanding to perform their assigned duties and to collectively contribute to the enhancement of maritime security.
3 Seafarers without designated security duties should complete the security awareness training or instruction set out in section A-VI/6 at least one time in their career. There is no need for refreshment or revalidation of this training if the seafarer or the shipboard personnel concerned meet the security--related familiarization requirements of regulation VI/6 and participate in the drills and exercises required by the ISPS Code.
Seafarers with designated security duties
4 The expression “with designated security duties” in section A-VI/6 denotes those having specific security duties and responsibilities in accordance with the ship security plan.
5 Seafarers with designated security duties should complete the training as set out in section A-VI/6 at least one time in their career. There is no need for refreshment or revalidation of this training if the seafarer or the shipboard personnel concerned meet the security-related familiarization requirements of regulation VI/6 and participate in the drills and exercises required by the ISPS Code.
6 Those providing “security-related familiarization training” in accordance with section A-VI/6 should not be required to meet the requirements of either regulation I/6 or of section A-I/6.
7 In circumstances of exceptional necessity, when the shipboard security-related duties are required to be undertaken by a person qualified to perform designated security-related duties and such a person is temporarily unavailable, the Administration may permit a seafarer without designated security duties to perform such duties provided such a person has an understanding of the ship security plan, until the next port of call or for a period not exceeding 30 days, whichever is greater.
Section B-VII/1
Guidance regarding the issue of alternative certificates
(No provisions)
Section B-VII/2
Guidance regarding special integrated deck and engine training programmes
1 Each Party should ensure that any special integrated deck and engine training programme:
.1 is provided by means of an approved training programme;
.2 takes place ashore within maritime training institutions and/or on board approved training ships; and
.3 is documented in an approved training record book.
Section B-VII/3
Guidance regarding principles governing the issue of alternative certificates
(No provisions)
Section B-VIII/1
Guidance regarding fitness for duty
Prevention of fatigue
1 In observing the rest period requirements, “overriding operational conditions” should be construed to mean only essential shipboard work which cannot be delayed for safety, security or environmental reasons or which could not reasonably have been anticipated at the commencement of the voyage.
2 Although there is no universally accepted technical definition of fatigue, everyone involved in ship operations should be alert to the factors which can contribute to fatigue, including, but not limited to, those identified by the Organization, and take them into account when making decisions on ship operations.
3 In applying regulation VIII/1, the following should be taken into account:
.1 provisions made to prevent fatigue should ensure that excessive or unreasonable overall working hours are not undertaken. In particular, the minimum rest periods specified in section A-VIII/1 should not be interpreted as implying that all other hours may be devoted to watchkeeping or other duties;
.2 the frequency and length of leave periods, and the granting of compensatory leave, are material factors in preventing fatigue from building up over a period of time; and
.3 the provisions may be varied for ships on short sea voyages, provided special safety arrangements are put in place.
4 Exceptions provided for in section A-VIII/1, paragraph 9, should be construed to mean the exceptions laid down by the ILO Convention on Seafarers’ Hours of Work and the Manning of Ships, 1996 (No.180) or the Maritime Labour Convention, 2006, when it enters into force. The circumstances under which such exceptions are applied should be defined by the Parties.
5 Based on information received as a result of investigating maritime casualties, Administrations should keep their provisions on prevention of fatigue under review.
Prevention of drug and alcohol abuse
6 Drug and alcohol abuse directly affect the fitness and ability of a seafarer to perform watchkeeping duties or duties that involve designated safety, prevention of pollution and security duties. Seafarers found to be under the influence of drugs or alcohol should not be permitted to perform watchkeeping duties or duties that involve designated safety, prevention of pollution and security duties, until they are no longer impaired in their ability to perform those duties.
7 Administrations should ensure that adequate measures are taken to prevent alcohol and drugs from impairing the ability of watchkeeping personnel and those whose duties involve designated safety, prevention of pollution and security duties, and should establish screening programmes as necessary which:
.1 identify drug and alcohol abuse;
.2 respect the dignity, privacy, confidentiality and fundamental legal rights of the individuals concerned; and
.3 take into account relevant international guidelines.
8 Companies should consider the implementation of a clearly written policy of drug and alcohol abuse prevention, including prohibition to consume alcohol within four hours prior to serving as a member of a watch either by inclusion in the company’s quality-management system or by means of providing adequate information and education to the seafarers.
9 Those involved in establishing drug and alcohol abuse prevention programmes should take into account the guidance contained in the ILO publication Drug and Alcohol Prevention Programmes in the Maritime Industry (A Manual for Planners), as may be amended.
Section B-VIII/2
Guidance regarding watchkeeping arrangements and principles to be observed
The following operational guidance should be taken into account by companies, masters and watchkeeping officers.
PART 1 – GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
(No provisions)
PART 2 – GUIDANCE ON VOYAGE PLANNING
(No provisions)
PART 3 – WATCHKEEPING PRINCIPLES IN GENERAL
(No provisions)
PART 4 – GUIDANCE ON WATCHKEEPING AT SEA
Part 4-1 – Guidance on keeping a navigational watch Introduction
2 Particular guidance may be necessary for special types of ships as well as for ships carrying hazardous, dangerous, toxic or highly flammable cargoes. The master should provide this operational guidance as appropriate.
3 It is essential that officers in charge of the navigational watch appreciate that the efficient performance of their duties is necessary in the interests of the safety of life, security and property at sea and of preventing pollution of the marine environment.
Anchor watch
4 The master of every ship at an unsheltered anchorage, at an open roadstead or any other virtually “at sea” conditions in accordance with chapter VIII, section A-VIII/2, part 4-1, paragraph 51 of the STCW Code, should ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate for maintaining a safe watch at all times. A deck officer should at all times maintain responsibility for a safe anchor watch.
5 In determining the watchkeeping arrangements, and commensurate with maintaining the ship’s safety and security and the protection of the marine environment, the master should take into account all pertinent circumstances and conditions such as:
.1 maintaining a continuous state of vigilance by sight and hearing as well as by all other available means;
.2 ship-to-ship and ship-to-shore communication requirements;
.3 the prevailing weather, sea, ice and current conditions;
.4 the need to continuously monitor the ship’s position;
.5 the nature, size and characteristics of anchorage;
.6 traffic conditions;
.7 situations which might affect the security of the ship;
.8 loading and discharging operations;
.9 the designation of stand-by crew members; and
.10 the procedure to alert the master and maintain engine readiness.
Part 4-2 – Guidance on keeping an engineering watch
6 Particular guidance may be necessary for special types of propulsion systems or ancillary equipment and for ships carrying hazardous, dangerous, toxic or highly flammable materials or other special types of cargo. The chief engineer officer should provide this operational guidance as appropriate.
7 It is essential that officers in charge of the engineering watch appreciate that the efficient performance of engineering watchkeeping duties is necessary in the interest of the safety of life and property at sea and of preventing pollution of the marine environment.
8 The relieving officer, before assuming charge of the engineering watch, should:
.1 be familiar with the location and use of the equipment provided for the safety of life in a hazardous or toxic environment;
.2 ascertain that materials for the administration of emergency medical first aid are readily available, particularly those required for the treatment of burns and scalds; and
.3 when in port, safely anchored or moored, be aware of:
.3.1 cargo activities, the status of maintenance and repair functions and all other operations affecting the watch, and
.3.2 the auxiliary machinery in use for passenger or crew accommodation services, cargo operations, operational water supplies and exhaust systems.
Part 4-3 – Guidance on keeping a radio watch
General
9 Among other things, the Radio Regulations require that each ship radio station is licensed, is under the ultimate authority of the master or other person responsible for the ship and is only operated under the control of adequately qualified personnel. The Radio Regulations also require that a distress alert shall only be sent on the authority of the master or other person responsible for the ship.
10 The master should bear in mind that all personnel assigned responsibility for sending a distress alert must be instructed with regard to, be knowledgeable of, and be able to operate properly all radio equipment on the ship, as required by regulation I/14, paragraph 1.5. This should be recorded in the deck or radio log-book.
Watchkeeping
11 In addition to the requirements concerning radio watchkeeping, the master of every seagoing ship should ensure that:
.1 the ship’s radio station is adequately manned for the purpose of exchanging general communications – in particular public correspondence, taking into account the constraints imposed by the duties of those authorized to operate it; and
.2 the radio equipment provided on board and, where fitted, the reserve sources of energy are maintained in an efficient working condition.
12 Necessary instruction and information on use of radio equipment and procedures for distress and safety purposes should be given periodically to all relevant crew members by the person designated in the muster list to have primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents. This should be recorded in the radio log.
13 The master of every ship not subject to the SOLAS, 1974 should require that radio watchkeeping is adequately maintained as determined by the Administration, taking into account the Radio Regulations.
Operational
14 Prior to sailing, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should ensure that:
.1 all distress and safety radio equipment and the reserve source of energy are in an efficient working condition, and that this is recorded in the radio log;
.2 all documents required by international agreement, notices to ship radio stations and additional documents required by the Administration are available and are corrected in accordance with the latest supplements, and that any discrepancy is reported to the master;
.3 the radio clock is correctly set against standard time signals;
.4 antennae are correctly positioned, undamaged and properly connected; and
.5 to the extent practicable, routine weather and navigational warning messages for the area in which the ship will be navigating are updated together with those for other areas requested by the master, and that such messages are passed to the master.
15 On sailing and opening the station, the radio operator on watch should:
.1 listen on the appropriate distress frequencies for any possible existing distress situation; and
.2 send a traffic report (name, position and destination, etc.) to the local coast station and any other appropriate coast station from which general communications may be expected.
16 While the station is open, the radio operator on watch should:
.1 check the radio clock against standard time signals at least once a day;
.2 send a traffic report when entering and on leaving the service area of a coast station from which general communications might be expected; and
.3 transmit reports to ship reporting systems in accordance with the instructions of the master.
17 While at sea, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should ensure the proper functioning of:
.1 the digital selective calling (DSC) distress and safety radio equipment by means of a test call at least once each week; and
.2 the distress and safety radio equipment by means of a test at least once each day but without radiating any signal.
The results of these tests should be recorded in the radio log.
18 The radio operator designated to handle general communications should ensure that an effective watch is maintained on those frequencies on which communications are likely to be exchanged, having regard to the position of the ship in relation to those coast stations and to coast earth stations from which traffic may be expected. When exchanging traffic, radio operators should follow the relevant ITU recommendations.
19 When closing the station on arrival at a port, the radio operator on watch should advise the local coast station and other coast stations with which contact has been maintained of the ship’s arrival and of the closing of the station.
20 When closing the radio station, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should:
.1 ensure that transmitting antennae are earthed; and
.2 check that the reserve sources of energy are sufficiently charged.
Distress alerts and procedures
21 The distress alert or distress call has absolute priority over all other transmissions. All stations which receive such signals are required by the Radio Regulations to immediately cease all transmissions capable of interfering with distress communications.
22 In the case of a distress affecting own ship, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should immediately assume responsibility for following the procedures of the Radio Regulations and relevant ITU-R Recommendations.
23 On receiving a distress alert:
.1 the radio operator on watch should alert the master and, if appropriate, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents; and
.2 the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should evaluate the situation and immediately assume responsibility for following the procedures of the Radio Regulations and relevant ITU-R Recommendations.
Urgency messages
24 In cases of urgency affecting own ship, the radio operator designated as having responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should immediately assume responsibility for following the procedures of the Radio Regulations and relevant ITU-R Recommendations.
25 In cases of communications relating to medical advice, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents should follow the procedures of the Radio Regulations and adhere to the conditions as published in the relevant international documentation (see paragraph 14.2) or as specified by the satellite service provider.
26 In cases of communications relating to medical transports, as defined in the Protocol additional to the Geneva Conventions of 12 August 1949, and relating to the protection of victims of international armed conflicts (Protocol I), the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunication during distress incidents should follow the procedures of the Radio Regulations.
27 On receiving an urgency message, the radio operator on watch should alert the master and, if appropriate, the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents.
Safety messages
28 When a safety message is to be transmitted, the master and the radio operator on watch should follow the procedures of the Radio Regulations.
29 On receiving a safety message, the radio operator on watch should note its content and act in accordance with the master’s instructions.
30 Bridge-to-bridge communications should be exchanged on VHF channel 13. Bridge-to-bridge communications are described as “Intership Navigation Safety Communications” in the Radio Regulations.
Radio records
31 Additional entries in the radio log should be made in accordance with paragraphs 10, 12, 14, 17 and 33.
32 Unauthorized transmissions and incidents of harmful interference should, if possible, be identified, recorded in the radio log and brought to the attention of the Administration in compliance with the Radio Regulations, together with an appropriate extract from the radio log.
Battery maintenance
33 Batteries providing a source of energy for any part of the radio installation, including those associated with uninterrupted power supplies, are the responsibility of the radio operator designated as having primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents and should be:
.1 tested on-load and off-load daily and, where necessary, brought up to the fully charged condition;
.2 tested once per week by means of a hydrometer where practicable, or, where a hydrometer cannot be used, by a suitable load test; and
.3 checked once per month for the security of each battery and its connections and the condition of the batteries and their compartment or compartments.
The results of these tests should be recorded in the radio log.
PART 5 – GUIDANCE ON WATCHKEEPING IN PORT
(No provisions)”